Home

Husqvarna 965030292 Chainsaw User Manual

1. 63 Power steering fluid Jee 221 290 Power WINAOWS ert esoe es hoes cee sets eeee sce 18 181 ie Elena 234 Putting vehicle into operation cceceeeee 263 R EE 78 208 Radio reception EEN 98 Ram sencor eee eee eee eee eee 83 85 Range on remaining fuel an 127 157 Reading MGI E 71 Rean hate e E 200 Elei e BEE 93 94 Rear seat EE 37 B ar spoler a a eevee epee re ee ee 69 Automatic ONS gege nec ege dree ASS 70 Manual GIO E 70 Rear view MIMOS sssssnnenenrsrsnnnnnnrrrennn 27 28 Rear window detooder 29 110 Rear window heating NEEN 110 Rear WINKOW Wiper EEN 84 Recirculating air DUttON EEN 107 Refueling KE E 216 EE 257 Remote COMPO EE 16 Ee e 17 Index 305 Replacing Dotter EEN 266 Standby funktion EE 17 ENEE 17 Replacement Key ENEE 15 Replacing bulbs EE 269 Replacing wiper blades ccceeeeeeeeeeeeaes 223 Retractable rear epoiler ue 69 Rims ar SR a ee oes et eee sve eee ee 245 DIMenSIOnS EE 287 288 RIMMAT ENEE 245 BS E a ee 241 elt en e EE 200 Rollover Protection Gester 56 Roof Transport System 204 291 292 Ela Te e Kl WEE EE 10 S Safety Dets eer a een 41 CIC ANING 0 ce cece cece eee neces eeeeeeaeeeeneeeaeeeanes 231 Height achetrrert EEN 43 eneee e a E 41 d lg le e Be le EE 42 Safety compliance Sticker cccceeeeeeeeees 284 Sealng RE 252 Seas ge ye eee EE see 229 EE 229 Seat Adaptive sports set 31 PONS EC 30 elt ele LEE 31 Heat EEN 3
2. Lateral acceleration Rate of turn about the vertical axis Longitudinal acceleration 66 Operation Safety PSM uses these values to determine the direction of travel indicated by the driver PSM intervenes and helps to correct the course if the actual direction of motion deviates from the chosen course steering wheel position It brakes individual wheels as needed In addition the engine power may be manipulated in order to stabilize the vehicle The events below inform the driver of PSM control operations and warn hiny her to adapt his her driving style to the road conditions The multifunctional information light on the instrument panel flashes Hydraulic noises can be heard The vehicle decelerates and steering wheel forces are altered as the PSM controls the brakes Reduced engine power The brake pedal pulsates and its position is changed during braking In order to achieve full vehicle deceleration foot pressure must be increased after the brake pedal has begun vibrating Examples of PSM control operations If the front wheels of the vehicle drift ona bend the rear wheel on the inside of the bend is braked and the engine power is reduced if necessary Ifthe rear of the vehicle swings out on a bend the front wheel on the outside of the bend is braked Additional braking functions Prefilling the brake system The brake system is prepared for possible subsequent eme
3. f Do not wipe battery with a dry cloth Risk of serious personal injury or death and damage to the fabric metal or paint f Wear eye protection f Do not allow battery acid to come in contact with your skin eyes fabric or painted surfaces f If you get electrolyte which is an acid in your eyes or on your skin immediately rinse with cold water for several minutes and call a doc tor f Spilled electrolyte must be rinsed off at once with a solution of baking soda and water to neutralize the acid Battery posts terminals and related acces sories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to Cause cancer and reproductive harm f Always protect your skin by washing thorough ly with soap and water Risk of explosion as a result of static charge resulting in serious personal injury or death f Do not wipe the battery with a dry cloth f Eliminate potential electrostatic charge by touching the vehicle before touching the bat tery Charge state A well charged battery prevents starting problems and has a longer service life Traffic density requirements regarding noise ex haust gas and fuel consumption reduce the engine speed and hence the alternator output However the large number of electrical loads has markedly increased the demand for electrical power In order to avoid discharging the battery unintentionally f Switch off unnecessary electrical loads in city t
4. Failure of engine compartment blower Meaning measure The current speed can only be accepted for the acoustic warning signal when the vehicle is in motion Selected speed limit e g 30 mph for the acoustic warning signal has been exceeded Adjust your speed if necessary Refuel at next opportunity Start engine oil level measurement in the onboard computer Stop immediately at a suitable place measure oil level with the onboard computer and if nec essary add engine oil Switch engine off and let it cool Check coolant level and if necessary add coolant Switch engine off and let it cool Check coolant level and if necessary add cool ant Stop immediately at a suitale place and check tank cap for proper fastening If the tank cap was fastened correctly consult your authorized Porsche dealer Consult your authorized Porsche dealer Consult your authorized Porsche dealer Instrument On board Text display on on board Meaning measure panel Computer Computer Warning Battery generator Stop at a safe place and switch the engine off Do not continue driving Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer lea Oil pressure gage faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Oil level display faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Oil temperature gage faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Oil temperature Switch engine off and let
5. If after locking the light emitting diode does not flash or after ten seconds it emits double flash es then not all alarm contacts are closed Additionally a brief horn signal sounds When the doors are unlocked the alarm system and passenger compartment monitoring system are switched off and the light emitting diode goes off Operation Safety 23 When the alarm is armed the following areas are monitored Doors Luggage compartment lid Engine compartment lid Convertibletop lock Cabriolet Glass rear hatch Targa Glove compartment Passenger compartment If one of these alarm contacts is interrupted the alarm horn sounds for approximately 3 minutes Additionally the emergency flasher flashes and the passenger compartment light lightes for ap proximately five minutes When the alarm is triggered the light emitting diode changes over to double flashes In order not to limit the action range of the passen ger compartment monitoring system f Do not fold the front seat backrests forward 24 Operation Safety Deactivating the passenger corpartment monitoring system for one locking process If a person or animal remains in the car while it is locked the passenger compartment monitoring system must be switched off f Quickly lock car twice The doors are locked but can be opened from the inside 1 Pull inner door handle once to unlock door lock 2 Pull inner door handle again
6. If the passenger s seat is warped significantly a message is displayed on the on board computer f Correct the seat adjustment f Please see the chapter WARNINGS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 158 Vehicle modifications to accommodate persons with disabilities Because modifications to your vehicle could com promise your advanced airbag system please call 1 800 PORSCHE prior to having your vehicle mod ified Automatic deactivation of the front passenger s airbag H Danger The use of a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat can result in serious personal injury or death to the child from an airbag deployment f Please see the chapter PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP on Page 47 f Before transporting a child on the passenger s seat Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 50 f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat When an up to one year old child is seated in the child restraint system the front airbag is automatically deactivated on the passenger s side When an adult is seated in the front seat the front airbag remains active on the passenger s side RAL 027 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp Note on operation Although not desired it can occur in the case of heavier children that the passenger s airbag re mains active or in the case of very light adults or you
7. Metal particles Such as brass or copper in brake dust must not remain too long on alloy wheels Contact corrosion can cause pitting Cleaners with an oxide removing effect or the wrong pH value as are commonly used for other metals as well as mechanical tools and products will damage the oxide layer and are therefore unsuitable f Use only cleaners for alloy wheels pH value 9 5 Products with the wrong PH value can destroy the protective layer on the wheels Ve recommend Porsche cleaner for alloy rims f If possible wash the wheels every two weeks with a sponge or washing brush If the wheels are exposed to road salt grit or industrial dust weekly cleaning is necessary Door roof lid and window seals l Caution The lubricant coating on the inner door seals convertible top and hardtop seals may be damaged by unsuitable cleaning and care agents f Do not use any chemical cleaning agents or solvents f Do not use any preservative agents f Wash dirt e g abrasion dust road salt and grit from all seals regularly using warm soapy water f If there is arisk of frost protect the outer door seals and lid seals against freezing into place with a suitable care product Headlights lights interior and exterior plastic parts adhesive films Use only clean water and a little dishwashing detergent to clean light lenses plastic headlight lenses plastic parts and surfaces Do not clean when dry Use a so
8. TPM malfuntions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPM from functioning properly Always check the TPM malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPM to continue to function properly The warning light in the speedometer lights up When a loss in pressure has been detected When learning newly mounted wheels wheel sensors as long as the vehicle s own wheels have not yet been recognized Inthe event of a defect in Tire Pressure Monitoring or a temporary fault the warning light in the speedorreter flashes for approx one minute and then remains continuously illuminated The tire pressure warning light in the instrument panel goes out only when the cause of the fault has been rectified Partial monitoring Monitoring of the other wheels is continued if there is a fault in one or two wheel transmitters The tire pressure warning light lights up The message TPM partial monitoring is displayed on the onboard computer No tire pressures are displayed on the on board computer for wheels with faulty wheel transmitters Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 151 No monitoring In the event of faults the Tire Pressure Monitoring Cannot monitor the tire pressure The warning light in the s
9. The mirrors automatically change to anti glare po sition or revert to their normal state depending on the light intensity When reverse gear is selected automatic anti glare operation is switched off Note The incident light in the area of the sensors must not be restricted e g by stickers on the wind shield Switching off the automatic anti glare operation f Press switch B Light emitting diode C goes out Switching on the automatic anti glare operation f Press switch B Light ermitting diode C lights up l Warning Risk of injury Electrolyte fluid can emerge from a broken mirror glass This fluid irritates the skin and eyes f If the electrolyte fluid should come into contact with the eyes or skin immediately rinse it off with clean water See a doctor if necessary Risk of damage to the paintwork leather and plastic parts Electrolyte fluid can be removed only while it is still wet f Clean the affected parts with water Rear Window Defogger Door Mirror Heating The mirror heater is ready for operation when the ignition is on Switching on f Press button The light emitting diode in the button lights up After approx 15 minutes the heater switches off automatically The heater can be switched back on by pressing the button again Switching off f Press button The light emitting diode in the button goes out Operation Safety 29 Seat Adjustment and Head Restraints l W
10. Wheel Bolts l Danger Risk of wheel bolt breakage and wheel sepa ration resulting in serious personal injury or death f Follow all instructions concerning wheel bolts 248 Practical Tips Emergency Service f Always clean the wheel bolts before fitting f Apply a thin coat of Optimoly TA aluminum paste on the thread and between the bolt head and movable spherical cap ring arrows The bearing surface of the spherical cap facing the wheel must not be greased f Replace damaged wheel bolts Only use the Original Porsche wheel bolts spe cially designed for this vehicle type Tightening torque Tightening torque of wheel bolts 96 ftb 130 Nm Whee Securing Bolts If the wheels have to be removed at the workshop please do not forget to hand over the wrench socket for the wheel securing bolts along with the car key The wrench socket for the wheel securing bolts is in the tool box To loosen or tighten the wheel bolt with anti theft protection a wrench socket with the appropriate coding must be used between the wheel bolt and the wheel bolt spanner f When positioning the wrench socket ensure that it engages fully in the teeth of the wheel bolt Changing a wheel DN Warning Risk of serious personal injury or death The Car may slip off the jack f Make sure that no one is in the vehicle when Jacking up and changing a wheel f Aways place the car on stable supports if work has to be carried out
11. 911 Carrera Caner s Manusi WKD 997 021 10 5 09 Dr Ing h c F Porsche AG Porsche the Porsche crest 911 Carrera Targa PCCB PCM PDK PSM and Tequipment are regis tered trademarks and the distinctive shapes of Porsche automobiles are trademarks of Dr Ing h c F Porsche AG All rights reserved Printed in Germany Orientation guides in the Owner s Manual The orientation guides in the Owner s Manual are highlighted in yellow Overall Table of Contents At the start of the Owner s Manual you will find an overview of the overall contents of the Owner s Manual Section Contents There is a Summary of topics with the corre sponding page numbers at the beginning of each main chapter Index There is a detailed alphabetical index at the end of this Owner s Manual Dear Owner Ve would like to thank you for your purchase of a Porsche Sports car J udging by the car you have chosen you are a mo torist of a special breed and you are probably no novice when it comes to automobiles Remember however as with any vehicle you should take time to familiarize yourself with your Porsche and its performance characteristics Al ways drive within your own unique Capabilities as a driver and your level of experience with your Porsche Ensure that anyone else driving your Porsche does the sarre To prevent or minimize in jury always use your Safety belts Never consume alcohol or drugs before o
12. H 2 528 4 npr Stop timina Hintere tine 0001 12 f Push operating lever forward The time runs on all stopwatch displays The onboard computer display changes to the Stop timing Intermediate time selection Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 13 7 H 2 328 4 ner Stop timing tinter tine OO OT se Stopping the timing f After time measurement is started the onboard computer display changes to the Stop timing In termediate time f Select Stop timing with the operating lever 138 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings HaT 543 0 meh t Reset 0004 12 42 Push lever forward The time is stopped in all stopwatch displays and the onboard computer display changes to the Continue Reset selection The timing can be continued or reset to zero HaT 543 I meh h CHRON d t Reset 00 01 12 4e Continue timing After timing has been stopped the onboard com puter display changes to the Continue Reset se lection 3 3 j J 2 Z GN F j d hniterm time 00 04 00 00 02 36 42 Ws UU H 2 p f Push operating lever forward Resetting the time f Push operating lever forward The stopwatch displays continue the timing The display returns to the Start timing P KS TS After timing has been stopped the onboard con eatin x ds i uter display changes to the Continue Reset se l hii BEE Gees Se Te G eua ES de opd The stopw
13. The vanity mirror illumination is switched on auto matically when the cover is opened arrow RAL 027 Targa The vanity mirror illumination is switched on auto matically when the sliding cover is opened arrow The light is switched off when the sun vi sor is in its upper or lower end position Safety Belts l Warning Always make sure your and your passengers safety belts are properly fastened while the vehicle is in motion Failure to follow safety belt warnings may re sult in serious personal injury or death f For your and your passengers protection use Safety belts at all times while the vehicle is in motion f Use appropriate child restraint systems for all small children Proper wearing of safety belts f Safety belts must be positioned on the body as to restrain the upper body and lap from sliding forward Improperly positioned safety belts Can cause serious personal injury or death in case of an accident f The shoulder belt should always rest on your upper body The shoulder belt should never be worn behind your back or under your arm f For maximum effectiveness the lap belt should be worn low across the hips f Pregnant women should position the belt as low as possible across the pelvis Make sure it is not pressing against the abdomen f Belts should not be worn twisted f Do not wear belts over rigid or breakable ob jects in or on your clothing such as eye glass es pens key
14. 12 Adjustment button for instrument illumination and trip counter 13 Odometer and daily trip mileage display 14 Automatic speed control indicator light 112 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings 15 Light sensor for instrument illumination 16 Airbag warning light 17 Check Engine warning light Emission control warning light 18 Central warning light 19 Omboard computer display 20 Porsche Stability Management PSM Multifunctional light 21 Brake warning light 22 Safety belt warning light 23 PDK transmission gear display 24 PDK transmission selector lever position 25 Clock and outside temperature display 26 Adjustment button for clock When the ignition is switched on the warning lights light up for a lamp check Note Warnings that have been given are stored in the appropriate control unit memory and can be read out at an authorized Porsche dealer This information can help to warn you about situa tions which may be hazardous to you or your Car Pi A Gell ak den to D i Ts 1415 16 17 a192 20 21 22 23 24 25 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings 113 Instrument Panel Canada Models Also refer to the corresponding chapters in the Owner s Manual 1 Engine oil temperature gage 2 Speedometer with analogue display 3 Tire pressure warning light 4 Turn signal indicator light left 5 Tachometer 6 High beam indicator light 7 Turn signal indicator light right 8 ABS warning
15. 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Manual transmission 1540 kg to 1610 kg 3395 Ibs to 3549 Ibs 4233 Ibs 1920 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1560 kg to 1635 kg 3439 Ibs to 3605 Ibs 4277 lbs 1940 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1570 kg to 1640 kg 3461 Ibs to 3616 lbs 4299 Ibs 1950 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Technical Data 295 Driving Performance Coup At DIN empty weight and half load without performancejinhibiting extra equipment 911 Carrera Manual transmission Top track speed 179 6 mph 289 kb Acceleration O 60 mph 4 7 seconds Acceleration O 60 mph with Sport Acceleration O 100 kn7 h 62 mph 4 9 seconds Acceleration O 100 kb 62 mph with Sport Manual transmission 187 7 mph 302 kr h 911 Carrera S Top track speed Acceleration O 60 mph 4 5 seconds Acceleration O 60 mph with Sport Acceleration O 100 kny h 62 mph 4 7 seconds Acceleration O 100 knyh 62 mph with Sport Manual transmission 176 5 mph 284 knyh 911 Carrera 4 Top track speed Acceleration O 60 mph 4 8 seconds Acceleration O 60 mph with Sport Acceleration O 100 kn7 h 62 mph 5 0 seconds Acceleration O 100 knyh 62 mph with Sport Manual transmission 184 5 mph 297 kny h 911 Carrera 4S Top track speed Acceleration O 60 mph 4 5 seconds Acceleration O 60 mph with Sport Acceleration O 100 kny h 62 mph 4 7 seconds
16. 3 Replace the defective bulb with bulb holder Turn it counter clockwise on the left headlight and clockwise on the right headlight Take bulb holder out of the headlight housing 4 Reassermble in reverse order Practical Tips Emergency Service 2 3 DK Changing bulb for low beam and high beam 2 Turn the plug counter clockwise and pull it off 3 Disengage both fixing clips with cornering light 4 Replace defective bulb 1 Undo the 3 screws on the control unit and When doing so ensure bulb is seated properly t ntrol unit Seve et 5 Engage both fixing clips pushon plug and turn right as far as the stop 6 Fit control unit and screw tight 7 Push on housing cover until it perceptibly engages 8 Fasten housing cover with the 4 screws 2 4 Practical Tips Emergency Service Changing bulb for additional high beam 2 Pull off plug 3 Disengage fixing clip with comering light 4 Replace defective bulb 1 Turn cover counter clockwise and take off 5 Engage fixing clip insert plug and close housing cover Practical Tips Emergency Service 215 Changing bulb for side marker light 1 Remove the cap in the wheel housing liner with a screwdriver 2 Insert the screwdriver into the opening in the Wheel housing liner parallel to the turn signal housing in direction of travel By pressing with the screwdriver disengage the securing spring of the turn signal housing 2 6 Practical Tips Emerg
17. Acceleration O 100 knyh 62 mph with Sport 296 Technical Data PDK transmission 178 3 mph 287 kb 4 5 seconds 4 3 seconds 4 7 seconds 4 5 seconds PDK transmission 186 4 mph 300 kb 4 3 seconds 4 1 seconds 4 5 seconds 4 3 seconds PDK transmission 175 2 mph 282 kb 4 6 seconds 4 4 seconds 4 8 seconds 4 6 seconds PDK transmission 183 3 mph 295 kb 4 3 seconds 4 1 seconds 4 5 seconds 4 3 seconds Powerkit Carrera Manual transmission 190 8 mph 307 kb 4 4 seconds 4 6 seconds Manual transmission 187 7 mph 302 kb 4 4 seconds 4 6 seconds PDK transmission 189 5 mph 305 kb 4 2 seconds 4 0 seconds 4 4 seconds 4 2 seconds PDK transmission 186 4 mph 300 kr h 4 2 seconds 4 0 seconds 4 4 seconds 4 2 seconds Driving Performance Cabriolet Targa At DIN empty weight and half load without performanceinhibiting extra equipment 911 Carrera Manual transmission Top track speed 179 6 mph 289 kr h Acceleration O 60 mph 4 9 seconds Acceleration O 60 mph with Sport Acceleration O 100 knyh 62 mph 5 1 seconds Acceleration O 100 kn7 h 62 moh with Sport Manual transmission 187 7 mph 302 kb 911 Carrera S Top track speed Acceleration O 60 mph 4 7 seconds Acceleration O 60 mph with Sport Acceleration O 100 knyh 62 mph 4 9 seconds Acceleration O 100 kn7 h 62 moh with Sport Manual transmission 176 5 mph 284 km h 911 Carrera 4 911 Targa
18. Air distribution The individual air distributions can be combined as desired Recommended setting in Summer Air distribution to central and side vents Recommended setting in Winter Air distribution to footwell and windshield Z Air distribution to footwell f Press button H The air flows to the footwell The selection appears on the display panel Si f Press button I The air flows from the central and side vents Vents must be open The selection appears on the display panel aj f Press button J The air flows to the windshield The selection appears on the display panel Air distribution to central and side vents Air distribution to windshield Note on operation f Onvehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus individual air conditioning settings can be stored on your vehicle key Please observe the chapter Individual Memory in the separate PCM operating instructions 108 Automatic air conditioning system Heated rear window Door mirror heating General instructions for air conditioning compressor Can switch off briefly if engine is under an ex treme load to ensure sufficient engine cooling Switches off automatically at temperatures be low approx 37 F 3 C and cannot be Switched on even manually Operates most effectively with windows closed If the car has been in the sun for a long time it iS a good idea to ventilate the interior briefly with the windows open Dependi
19. BRETONO E 264 PROD IOC UNG NEE 263 Vd Sle al e Re g EE 124 Winter OoGeratcon E 263 Before driving PON SE 8 EE 41 EE Eeer 231 Height el eg nn WEE 43 NEE 41 Yo ST ag ln e E Tele ee 42 Blower adjustment NEEN 109 Blower speed adjUStMent cccceee cece eee 107 Brake Break mm 10 Ee 60 ee 59 WSOP eee oe tee een te eee eee eee eee eae oe ae ee er 60 Brake fluid ER e ln e DE 213 Checking Jee 212 Er ear E weer ry Seems 212 Warning BR Le Te WEE 213 leie ele GE 277 Brake ll WEE e e ele EE 277 ee 212 Brake circuit division warning light 213 Brake warning Ioht 125 e 8 e E 212 290 Fluid warning Tele SE 213 Ile eg Le EE 58 New brake pads or ne 60 Pade E 10 Parking Drake 57 Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake EE 4 Roller brake tIeeter NEEN 63 Test STAM a RE 68 Break mbrakee 10 EEN Ee 10 EB Le EN ie ele e EE 269 Index 301 C El gle sere er EE 181 EE EE 290 Carcare eer en ee ee ee en ee eee 224 Car TRIE ei ein E 100 Car Washes EE 225 EE EE 230 Ee EE 219 KEE 206 234 EE 19 258 Automatic relocking EN 19 Emergency OoGeration 20 Fault wcCation 21 Overload Grotechon 21 258 Central locking UttON EE 21 Central vents a ea e a gece pone ca eee eee 109 Central warning Re LEE 125 Changing DUD pose cence maea a a E a 277 Changing light emitting diodes LEDs 277 Changing Bn 249 Check engine Warning H Te Lu WEE 125 Check engine warning jobt 125 Opening the oil filler
20. CDR operating instructions Note Do not leave an iPod USB storage device or an external audio source in the vehicle for a prolonged period as extreme ambient conditions temperature fluctuations air humidity can occur in the vehicle Operation Safety LOL ve Fire Extinguisher In cars equipped with a fire extinguisher the extin guisher is fitted to the front of the driver s seat Taking out fire extinguisher 1 Hold fire extinguisher with one hand and press the PRESS button on the fastening strap with the other hand arrow Remove fire extinguisher from mounting 102 Operation Safety Inserting fire extinguisher 1 Place fire extinguisher in the mounting 2 Engage fastening strap lug A in the tension jack and close tension jack arrow Note f Pay attention to the final control date on the fire extinguisher If the fire extinguisher is used after its expira tion date has elapsed it may not operate properly f Follow the operating instructions on the fire extinguisher f The functional ability of the fire extinguisher should be checked by a specialist workshop every 1 2 years f After use have the fire extinguisher refilled 1 2 3 Programmable buttons A Light emitting diode for status identification HonmeLink The programmable Home Link replaces up to three original hand held transmitters used to operate various devices e g garage door gate to the property ala
21. E 143 Pressure EE 285 REMOVING ANC tom 241 SR SE 96 251 252 ICS UE 244 IAS eres E 244 STOW ON eee eee ee ee an eee eae 242 SDOM enee dee ege Ee 4 WGI eee ee ee 96 MOONS EE 95 96 TOWING E E 280 282 Towing OOK ae oe eee ee eee eee eee eres crea ee 280 KOMPO UG DEE 96 TPM Tire pressure monitoring scceeeeeeees 143 Mack a oe ee ee re 287 288 Traction management ENEE 63 Transmission Drive Off Aecistart cence eee e ees 168 eil Ta E 222 290 Manual Drarmgrssion 168 Porsche Doppelkupplung PDK 168 170 Trip Odometer oireisiin isten nee eeeeneuers 117 Trunk entrapment STEE 97 Turn signal Indicator NOME eee a 119 US e E steer eer E eee ra 82 119 U Undercoating ege 218 228 V EI E 240 Vany EY MOM ora et es eee eee eee eee 40 Vehicle EE EEN 224 DIMENSIONS 0 ce cece cece ee eeeeeeesaeeeeeaees 298 Engine NUNIT EE 285 LSM C AL OM eene 284 Identification Loatel 284 Identification murer 284 Cirino 254 Load capacity cece ece cece eeeee eee eeeneeeas 247 Performante aaee EE 296 Putting into operation e 263 Safety compliance sticker 00055 284 Te Tu e WEE 225 Vehicle identification NUM Er eee 284 Verlate E ceeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeegaees 106 ER E 106 109 ge Gen e ln E EE 211 Voice control EE 126 Voice control PCM Ee 126 W Warning lights and MESSAGES 0cceseeee 158 Washer e 0 EE 220 290 Fud warning Nge EE 220 Lever en a a rea evens rane sae fe eee eee eee 83
22. Heated Rear Window Door Mirror Heating 105 Autorratic Air Conditioning System The automatic air conditioning system controls the preselected interior temperature completely automatically If necessary the automatic system can be manually adjusted SS ec H j Ma Kim Gees Weegee be T ge II gesatt Ki i p e sai oe C a 4 I 4 5 D 1 ep e i Automatic mode f Press AUTO button G AUTO will appear on the display panel Air quantity and distribution are automatically controlled and variations are compensated All automatic setting functions can be individually changed This setting is retained until the appropriate function button is pressed again or the AUTO button is pressed 106 Automatic air conditioning system Heated rear window Door mirror heating A Defrosting the windshield B Heated rear window C Temperature sensor D AC OFF button air conditioning compressor off on E Recirculating air button F Temperature button G AUTO button automatic mode H Air distribution to footwell l Air distribution to central and side vents J Air distribution to windshield K Blower speed button Setting terrperature f Press button F upwards or downwards respectively To suit personal comfort the interior temperature can be adjusted between 61 F and 85 F 16 C and 29 5 C Recommendation 72 F 22 C If LO or HI appears on t
23. On Board Computer Warnings Instrument Illumination The illumination is automatically adjusted to the ambient brightness by the light sensor in the tachometer In addition when the car lights are switched on the instrument and switch symbol brightness can be manually adjusted ZA Warning Risk of loss of control or accident resulting in serious personal injury or death f Do not reach through the steering wheel spokes while driving Note When the car lights are switched on the instru ment lighting for light dials switches on and off automatically depending on the ambient bright ness Wel Trip Odometer H Warning Risk of loss of control or accident resulting in serious personal injury or death Dimming instrument illumination f Turn adjustment button A in the appropriate di rection and hold it until the desired brightness has been reached The chosen level of brightness is indicated bya bar display in the display field of the onboard computer f Do not reach through the steering wheel spokes while driving Resetting to zero f Press adjustment button A for approximately one second or Reset the distance in the SET menu of the on board computer Please see the chapter SET BASIC SETTING ON ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 155 After exceeding 6 213 miles or 9 999 kilometers the counter returns to O Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 117 Speedometer Chan
24. Push operating lever forward peo Select Service with the operating lever Push operating lever forward gt ch bh ch bh The time until the next service is displayed in miles and days Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 133 WK Dison IL ed calls i Note You can recall phone calls e g calls that arrived during your absence via the menu item Missed Calls H 7 551 I mek TEL Last numbers Important Hos Phone book Example Selecting from the telephone book and Calling f Select Phone book with the operating lever 134 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings Hai 5465 D EE TELI Hogner Alexander Ss ee Dr t5cheunert 5 ei E f Push operating lever forward f Select a person to call and push the operating lever forward The connection is established f Push the operating lever forward to end the call Hi2 He S i H ep theft us Incoming call f Select Accept or Refuse and push the operating lever forward Note Rejected phone calls can be recalled with the menu item Missed calls Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 135 Stopwetch You can use the stopwatch to measure time inter vals e g on the race circuit or on work related journeys Measured lap times can be stored and evaluated if the vehicle is equipped with Porsche Communication Management PCM f Please observe the chapter Sport
25. Soiled valve inserts can cause a gradual loss of air Note on operation f The rim width in inches A and the rim offset F are visible from the outside The information is inscribed on the back of the spokes near the tire valve Hal 152 A Rim width in inches B Rimflange contour code letter C Symbol for drop center rim D Rim diameter in inches E Double hump F Rim offset in mm Practical Tips Emergency Service 245 Loading Information Definitions The Curb weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment fluids and emergency tools This weight does not include passengers and cargo The Gross Vehicle Weight is sum of the curb weight and the weight of passengers and cargo combined The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maxi mum total weight of vehicle passengers luggage and optional equipment The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum load limit for the front or the rear axle This infor mation is located on the safety compliance sticker located in the driver s side door jamb For determining the compatibility of the tire and vehicle load capabilities f Please see the chapter TECHNICAL DATA on Page 286 The load capacity coefficient e g 100 is a min imum requirement 246 Practical Tips Emergency Service The Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum total weight rating of vehicle passen gers and cargo The Vehicle C
26. e ln e RE 225 Index 307 Welcome Home From 81 UA e EE 10 235 287 288 Alignment e 241 SET el e WE 241 ES ele 248 EE 235 a In e ln e re rare erie naire ae eer ne 251 Checking Dreesure EE 250 LEE 244 Loading information KREE 246 Securing Be ie 248 Security wheel Dote 15 96 EE 244 e EECH 244 Tire preesure EN 236 289 Tire pressure Gloate EN 285 Hee ee 251 252 Wheels Assembly aids for wheel changes 249 ER 229 RRE OVS nee ee eee eee 241 ln a ie 181 228 Anti crushing Drotechon ssssssnacceereee 26 Ee 228 Openng Closing Peron eae eee ee errs 26 Washer NOZZIES NEEN 83 Washer zwetermm e 83 220 290 Windshield Washer nozzles EE 83 Wiper blades changing ceceeeeeees 223 Wiper washer Jeer 83 Windshield Wipers ENEE 83 223 Beplacihg ae eee ee ee 223 308 Index DAS ENG WE 190 En ANN EE 193 Winter operation Baten Perna nes eee tes en en ern es en eee ny 263 KEREN 207 EFI e EE 208 J umper cables a iirnceriscscasaeeriarecan 267 268 Be 226 EN E 229 SOW Chans ee Ee 243 Mres E 242 287 288 Washer Nud EE 220 Wiper DIGG eerbeeeerte ege Ee dere 223 Ver SE we 223 IEN 83 Ee 84 Wiper blades EE 228 Bias g e le e Pema tee ee eee eat rey ene epee 223
27. f After washing the car test the brakes and steering and briefly brake the discs dry When doing this take care not to hamper other road users behind you traffic conditions per mitting Automatic car washes f Please see the chapter VMPER BLADES on Page 223 Optional add on parts or parts which project be yond the contours of the vehicle may be damaged by design features e g brushes of automatic car washes The following parts are particularly susceptible to damage Convertible top hot wax treatment cannot be used as the wax attacks the convertible top material Windshield wipers always switch them off to prevent them wiping unintentionally in intermit tent or sensor operation External antennas always unscrew Roof Transport System always remove com pletely Rear spoiler Wheels the wider the rim and the lower the tire height the greater the risk of damage Highgloss wheels to prevent these from get ting scratched do not clean with the wheel cleaning brushes of the car wash f Please consult the operator before using auto matic car washes T Wash and dry by hand all points not reached by a car wash such as door and lid seams or door sills Note Automatic car washes spray water at odd angles and high pressures which are not seen in normal driving Therefore water can sometimes find its way into the passengers compartment during or shortly after the car was
28. in creased pedal travel is required to bring your vehicle to a full stop l Warning To avoid overheating and premature wear of the brakes f Before descending a steep grade reduce speed and shift the transmission into a lower gear or driving position to control speed f Donot ride the brakes by resting your foot on the pedal when not intending to apply brake pressure f Do not hold the pedal down too long or too often This could cause the brakes to get hot and not function properly Operation Safety 59 Brake booster The brake booster assists braking only when the engine is running When the car is moving while the engine is not run ning or if the brake booster is defective more pressure on the brake pedal is required to bring the car to a stop If this happens ABS and PSM will also not oper ate Moisture or road salt on brakes affects braking When the vehicle is driven on salted or sanded roads for extended periods the brakes should be washed down thoroughly about every 2 weeks An automatic carwash facility cannot do this job prop erly Brakes will dry after a few cautious brake applica tions DN Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death Driving through water may reduce the trac tion Moisture on brakes from road water car wash or coating of road salt may affect braking efficiency f Cautiously apply brakes to test brakes after ex posure to
29. rear 295 30 R19 100V XL M S 11J x19 H2 51 mm 60 9 in 1548 mm The load capacity coefficient e g 91 and maximum speed code letter e g Y are minimum requirements Snow chains Can be mounted only on the rear wheels maximum speed 30 mph 50 kny h Use only Porsche authorized rel cross type or edge chains Snow chain clearance can be guaranteed only on the tire rim combination marked Tire and rim sizes Extensive tests are performed before specific tires and wheels are approved by Porsche Your Porsche dealer has information about approved tires and wheels and is happy to assist you If aftermarket tires and or wheels are installed which are not approved by Porsche the vehicle s driveability stability while in motion and handling characteristics might be impaired Since Porsche has no data on such combinations Porsche cannot stand behind the safety or durability of these aftermarket combinations 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4S Summer tires 19 inch only 2 88 Technical Data H Danger Installation of sizes not authorized by Porsche may have a dangerous effect on the driving stability and could result in serious personal injury or death f Before mounting new tires check with your Porsche dealer about the current release status Tire Pressures for cold tires 68 F 20 C Summer and snow tires 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S 18 inch wheels front rear 19 inch wheels front rear partally loaded up
30. when starting with maximum acceleration in comparison with normal driving off Use of Launch Control will inevitably reduce the life of the engaged engine and transmission components Preconditions Launch Control should only be used when the engine has reached operating temperature Sport Plus mode must be switched on light emitting diode in button is on and SPORT PLUS is displayed on the onboard computer 1 Press the brake with your left foot 2 Quickly press down the accelerator fully kickdown activated and hold The engine speed will flatten out at around 6500 rpm Launch Control active is displayed on the onboard computer 3 Release the brake within a few seconds Remaining stationary for a long time with Launch Control active can lead to overload ing of the transmission In order to protect the transmission the engine power is then reduced and the Launch Control active process is cancelled Shifting gears on the steering wheel With the shift buttons on the steering wheel you can change temporarily from automatic selection mode D to manual mode M For example Shifting down before bends and on entering built up areas Shifting down on downward slopes engine braking Shifting down for brief spurts of acceleration Manual selection mode remains engaged for cornering depending on the lateral acceler ation and overrunning when the vehicle i
31. 183 ele ENO RE 76 LENG SHANG POOF EE 179 le 5 Garage Tank fap eea 215 System EE 57 B ole eaea E ccc cgcce cece cece cecececececececs 78 Emergency SercCe ENEE NENNEN EN 234 Tailpipes stainless steel NNN NN 229 DOOF OPENED cccccceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeaneees 103 Emergency starting with Extemial antenna ee ees EEAER ON ERAN KENNEN EE NERCee 100 Um 254 jumper CADIES 0 cece cee ee cece eee eeeee ees 267 268 Ear CIs eee eee 112 114 Emission control system 125 218 219 F Gear Shift wdicoator cece ee eeeeeeaeeeeeaes 119 Engine Fabric liNIN9S E 230 Glass rear Match teeter 200 Geer EE e ep E e 215 Glass rear hatch Targa ere Se Filling pressure re 5RRRERRRER ENER ENER 289 UNIOCKING EE 16 Exhaust SE E E E EE EE E 5 Fire extinguisher ee 102 Glass roof Se Cpe cee ce ee eee cere se eee eeree ye eee EEECCECR 200 ee EE EE Se Fiar iro a 251 Glove CorrGoertrert eee eee eee 92 Es GE 10 208 Floor met 230 GOQe ee eeeeeeeeeee etter ttt tteeeeetetaes 14 75 80 129 SENS EE 208 pue 222 Ground Cleorare EE 5 ot EE ee el El Ca ek 290 4 Ges EE vic NIE 98 H il TSM e e LE Soc eeeterseuciseuc ieee euetieonetead Fog light eer e aoe eae eer ee EERO 57 ENEE 208 290 FOOUM AKG A 58 Harchbon 194 EE 10 FOUPWNEEL drive een NENNEN ERKENNEN er ven 63 PULLING om 196 EIERE 77 E E SS Fres aral e 109 Remo ich e ne ance 194 8S STA E Be Engine See Front lid DT 93 94 Head restraints NEE EE 30 EE 122 215 alle KEE 270 Blower a
32. 2 By turning the control switch A select the driv ere side or the passenger s side 3 Move the door mirror glasses in the appropri ate direction by tilting the control switch If the electrical adjustment facility fails f Adjust mirror by pressing on the mirror face Autorratically swvelling down mirror on the passenger s side f Please see the chapter PARKING AIDS on Page 72 f Please see the chapter SEAT MEMORY on Page 33 Operation Safety 2 Folding in door mirrors DN Warning Danger of injury to fingers if the mirror accidentally flips back when being folded in f Exercise extreme caution when folding in mir ror by hand Do not let go of the mirror before the locking lever is locked or the mirror is fully unfolded 28 Operation Safety 1 Push mirror towards the door window and continue to hold it high spring force 2 Swivel the locking lever up to the stop and slowly let go of the mirror Unfolding door mirrors 1 Push mirror towards the door window and continue to hold it high spring force The locking lever disengages automatically 2 Move mirror back to unfolded position by hand Do not let go of the mirror beforehand RBI 017 BC A Sensor B Switch for automatic anti glare operation C Lightemitting diode Autorreatic Anti Gare Interior Mirror and Door Mirror Sensors on the front and rear sides of the interior mirror measure the incident light
33. 517 0 meti Info pressure Finfo tyres t Load f Push operating lever forward The display changes to the tire pressure menu 146 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings ner TPN Select Set with the operating lever KEE E 0 meh l TPM Summer tyres 4 a Winter tyres Push the operating lever forward Select desired tire type summer or winter Push operating lever forward A display for confirming the selected type of tire appears Hee S77 HS SP Her 524 D iah 19 inch 4 f Select the appropriate tire size 18 or 19 inch and push operating lever forwards A display for confirming the selected tire size appears f Select Continue and push the operating lever forward Note This menu is displayed only if the tire pressures are different for the approved tire sizes HST S75 f Select Continue and push the operating lever forward Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 147 H S28 The tire selection has only been successfully completed when the message Process complete is displayed by the onboard computer f Select arrow Back and push the operating lever forward The display returns to the tire pressure menu The onboard computer additionally displays the message System learning Note The message Process aborted appears if the setting process is interrupted All entries made up to this point are lost
34. Automatic air conditioning system Heated rear window Door mirror heating Instruments On Board Computer Warnings Instrument Panel USA Mochel 112 Instrument Panel Canada Mochel 114 Engine Oil Terroerzatre e 116 Automatic Speed Control Indicator light 116 Instrument Wlurrgreton 0 cece eeeee eee ee eaes 116 Trip OCGOIMM Rte NEEN 117 IR EE 118 Changing over between Miles Kilometers 118 Tachometer EE 119 Turn Signal Indicator LObt 119 High Beam Indicator Loht 119 Gear Shift Indicator A in vehicles with manual transmission 119 Cooling ZGxetemm eee eens eeeeeeeeeeeanees 120 Porsche Doppelkupplung PDK 121 eh ER 122 Kee 123 Outside Temperature EE 123 Engine Oil Pressure cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 124 Check Engine Emission Control 125 OnBoard Computer DCH eee 126 Warnings on the instrument panel and the on board COMPULEY cccce cece eee 158 Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 1 11 Instrument Panel USA Models Also refer to the corresponding chapters in the Owner s Manual 1 Engine oil temperature gage 2 Speedometer with analogue display 3 Tire pressure warning light 4 Turn signal indicator light left 5 Tachometer 6 High beam indicator light 7 Turn signal indicator light right 8 ABS warning light 9 Cooling system Temperature gage warning light 10 Fuel Level gage warning light 11 Engine oil pressure gage
35. Before emergency operation f Remove the ignition key so that the convertible top is not operated unintentionally f Take screwdriver out of the tool kit f Fold the rear seat backrests forward Mobile Roofs 183 LE e RE Removing rear wall lining Opening convertible top compartment 1 Unscrew screws A from the rear wall lining MAD Pull out and reposition the screwdriver insert if 1 Take red Allen key B out of its holder ees 2 Put handle of screwdriver onto Allen key B 2 Grasp the rear wall lining at the cut outs for the Insert Allen key into the drive axle C and turn it safety belts and press downward counterclockwise in direction of the arrow un Pull rear wall lining forward and lift up and out til the convertible top compartment lid D is fully open Remove the Allen key 184 Mobile Roofs 31 104 IN Warning The Allen key can rotate or fly out and there by cause serious personal injury if the con vertible top is actuated f Always remove the Allen key B from the drive axle C before operating the convertible top When you have opened the convertible top com partment lid try to close the convertible top using the switch If the convertible top cannot be closed continue with emergency operation Opening side flaps 7 1 Remove ignition key 2 Use the screwdriver to remove plastic lid E from the lining from behind Insert Allen key B into the drive axle for the left side fl
36. Cap 0055 209 Checking pressure eee eeee eee eeeeeeaeeees 250 Child restraint ewveterg ENEE 50 PNG OS eects cence ante te eee ee ates eee 55 Direction of installation c cccceeeeeees 51 Child seat DISC EECH 54 CMS EE EE 80 CHRONO Grtopwatch 136 EE k etree errant terrae ne ore rete fr 90 Circulating air DUNTON EE 107 Ee eee ee ee eee eee eee eee 123 156 302 Index Combination filter Comfort seat Coming home mode Communication management Compact disc Compressor Convertible top Temperature Gage sssssssusesnnnusssnne Warning light Cooling system Warning light Cornering light Indicator light Crankcase ventilation Cruise control D Pata ee 284 Daytime driving Re lp e 80 Changing DUDS EE 277 Onboard COMPUtEF c cece eeee ee eaees 156 DefrosSting WINKOWG ue 29 107 Diagnostic Socket ccc eee eee cece eee eeeneeeaneneas 11 Dimensions a 298 Direction indicator light Trort es 277 IB ele 18 Handies oe aaa a 18 LEG EE 18 226 ne Ee 28 Mirror heating EE 29 Moe e at yee ete E R 27 d Te ele 18 26 181 228 Drive Off e EE 169 Driving e e EE 8 Performance E 296 le EE 175 Driving off Drive Off ASSISEAME EE 169 Latun Fae ORO EE 173 Dropcenter rm 245 Dynamometer testing ccc ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeas 63 E Electrical systemi eee en a a 257 Emergency flasher Switch ue 79 Emergency operation Central e ml e eer ere er eer eer en erry es 20 Convertible top
37. Note If a child seat with top tether is adapted for use on the front seat the rear right passenger s side an chor point must be used for anchoring the top tether It is then not permitted for a passenger to use the rear right passenger s side seat It is then not permitted to install a child restraint system on the rear right passenger s side seat f Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGES on Page 55 Operation Safety 5 1 Using child restraint systems in the front passenger seat f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat H Danger The use of a child restraint system in the front passenger seat can result in serious personal injury or death to the child from an airbag deployment To reduce risk of injury from an inflating air bag in an accident Porsche strongly recom mends f Please see the chapter PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP on Page 47 f Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 50 f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system 52 Operation Safety Child restraint system for up to one year old children Make sure that the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up Adjust the passenger s seat as far away from the airbag as possible l Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death due to the passenge
38. Obey all traffic laws Other vehicles not equipped with the ABS system may not be able to maintain control especially on wet or poor road surfaces and thus may be more likely to impact you from behind f To minimize that risk use your ABS system to increase your ability to maneuver to avoid dar gerous situations and not merely to try to stop in the shortest distance possible Operation of the ABS system A wheel speed sensor is mounted to each of the four wheels If wheel lock up of either of the front wheels or the rear wheels is sensed during brak ing the brake pressure is adjusted automatically until the wheel no longer slips If braking forces approach the wheel lock up point for all wheels panic braking the ABS system will intervene to provide a rapid rythnmic braking The proper operation of ABS is perceived by the driver as a pulSating brake pedal in conjunction with au dible noise and perhaps some vibration f If you experience these sensations while driv ing or a road surface with questionable trac tion reduce vehicle speed appropriate for the prevailing road conditions f If full braking should be necessary press the brake pedal all the way down throughout the entire braking procedure regardless of the pul sating pedal Do not ease up on pressure ap plied to the pedal The functional readiness of all the main electrical components of the ABS is checked by an electronic monitoring system both before and
39. Unwanted upward shifts e g before bends are prevented by swiftly releasing the accelerator pedal Depending on lateral acceleration upward changes on bends are not made until the engine speed limit is reached Under braking and depending on the amount of deceleration the PDK transmission changes down earlier For subsequent cornering the right gear is engaged when pressure is applied to the brakes before the bend The bend is taken in the right gear and when you accelerate out of the bend you do not have to change down With a sporty driving style downshifts are already initiated when the brake pedal is touched lightly This further enhances a dynamic driving style The PDK transmission temporarily changes to the sportiest gear changing map i e to the highest possible gear changing points if the accelerator pedal is pressed quickly The transmission accord ingly shifts down immediately by one or two gears temporary change down The transmission no longer selects 7th gear at high driving speeds Sport mode Sport and Sport Plus modes Sport mode activated The PDK transmission switches to a sporty gear Changing map and shortens the gear shifting times A sporty driving style is recognised more quickly and the gear changing speeds are adapted to driving performance Deceleration downshifts are commenced earlier Downshifts are already carried out in the case of Slight decelerations even
40. Use the brake pedal or the handbrake instead f Before leaving the vehicle always apply the handbrake and move the selector lever to position P Parking f Go easy on the accelerator f When parking or manoeuvring in a small Space control the speed by careful use of the footbrake Driving in winter In wintry road conditions it is advisable to take steep inclines in manual mode This prevents gear changes occurring that could cause wheelspin Towsstarting towing f Please see the chapter TOWING on Page 280 Shifting Gears 1 J5 Reduced driving program If there is a fault in the transmission Depending on priority the warning Transmis sion emergency run in white or red lettering or the warning Transmission ten perature too high is displayed on the on board computer Warning Transmission emergency run white Effects Restricted gearshift comfort Reverse gear may not function Remedy Have the fault repaired immediately at an authorized Porsche dealer 1 76 Shifting Gears Warning Transmission emergency run red Effect Vehicle can be driven only until it comes to a stop Remedy It is not possible to continue driving Immedi ately stop the vehicle in a suitable place Have the vehicle towed to an authorized Porsche dealer Warning Transmission temperature too high Effects Mar jerks can be felt when driving off and the engine power may be restric
41. While you drive Operation Safety 61 ABS Warning light USA S Warning light Canada When the ignition is switched on the ABS warning light will light up while the system is electronically interrogated and goes out when the engine is started if the check is not yet complete If the ABS warning lamp fails to go out this indi cates that ABS has been deactivated due to a fault If the warning lights in the instrument panel and onboard computer light up while you are driv ing this indicates that a fault has occurred In both cases normal braking as in vehicles without ABS is still retained The ABS system should however be examined at an authorized Porsche dealer immediately to pre vent the occurrence of further faults f If the ABS system becomes inoperative take your vehicle to your authorized Porsche dealer immediately 62 Operation Safety DN Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death The control unit of the ABS brake system is set for standard tire size If non standard tires are installed the control unit may mis interpret the speed of the vehicle because of the variant data it receives from the sensors on the axles f Use only tire makes and types tested by Porsche Clutch Pedal The clutch pedal must be depressed fully before the starter will engage ZA Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death f Always check the mov
42. a a aa a a a a 31 starter SiE eee acer cece mete eeeer cence ero ee 74 Sy Gea CIS E 75 Starting engine EEN 77 Steam cleaner a a e e 224 Steering column LEO ICING SE EE 75 steenng MOGI EEN 74 Steering wheel A 37 PIG ICS a ee ee ee eee 39 a g DE 38 ela eer ne Tere reer ere Cremer 73 Multi TUNG TOMA EE 39 PDK shift buttons sssnssnnnnnnnnnnrrnnnne 170 Stopping enginNe ssssssssusnnnrrrrrrnnnnnrrrrrsrns 78 EE 136 Storage OpUONS ee 91 Storage possibilities ENEE 91 Stoning your Porsche eee eses 231 EE 40 SUSPENSION management E 69 T Te FO Nie EE 119 r Me EE 271 BE Te E 215 216 290 Ventilation swveterm 217 MAN e EE 200 BK ele Tee E Ge 286 TEL Telephone information EN 133 Telephone EE 100 Temperature sett 106 107 Temperature outside indicator 05 123 Test stand measurements ccc cece eee eee e eee 68 Eh i protechon ase ee ee ees 14 Tire CIOE EE 239 Damage NEEN AE NEE AE 239 Re ele ne 243 Pressure Gate 237 Replacements EEN 240 Heeler E 238 EE 238 Tire filling COMMPIESSOL ccccee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeaees 96 Tire pressure eng e EE 96 Tire pressure monitoring Warning light EE 151 Ui we 241 Tire pressure monitoring TPM ssnnnnna00n 143 RRE 10 235 287 288 EE 235 Checking Dreesure EEN 250 Beginn 287 288 Je GOIN a ee eee 244 Loading IMTORMALOMs o 3 tusanoseeesceneiet 246 Newtres Toe a a 10 Pressure ee NEEN NEEN ENEE 236 289 Pressure rrortorirg
43. a suitable place and close it The front lid may fly up impairing vision Luggage Compartment Vehicles without Porsche Traction Management PTM Access covers A and B H Caution Risk of injury or damage f Do not store any objects behind the access covers A and B a EF ee G F al cl wi fae E dang E Adapter for security wheel bolts F Tire filling compressor G Towing hook H Tool kit I Tire sealant Tool box Opening f Unlock turrocks C f Open tool box and place it on the floor of the luggage compartment Closing f Insert tool box into the guide pegs in the luggage compartment floor f Close tool box and lock the turrdocks C Operation Safety 95 z S Luggage Corrpartment B Access cover for tire sealant Vehicles with Porsche Traction STEE Management PTM E Towing lug F Adapter for security wheel bolts Access cover A Tire sealant l Caution e ec The tire sealant is located behind the access Risk of injury or damage cover B f Do not store any objects behind the access f Open access cover B using the opening cover A 96 Operation Safety Tools The tools are located under the floor plate of the luggage compartment f Lift the floor plate on the opening and take out Trunk Entrapment Your vehicle is equipped with an internal trunk release mechanism A person trapped in the luggage compartment can release the lid from
44. and apply the handbrake Engage 1st gear or reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the selector lever to po sition P on vehicles with PDK transmission f Engage the steering lock by moving the steer ing wheel to the left or right Turn the steering wheel to the locking position before you switch off the engine so that you don t have to exert yourself when locking or unlocking the steering l Warning Danger of injury Hot engine compartment components can burn skin on contact f Before working on any part in the engine com partment turn the engine off and let it cool down sufficiently 78 Operation Safety Engine compartment blower radiator fan Autormatic garage door The ignition system in your Porsche may interfere The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car f The engine compartment blower is mounted on the engine compartment lid l Warning f Risk of injury f After the engine is switched off the engine compartment temperature is monitored for approx 30 minutes During this period and depending on tem perature the engine compartment blower may continue to run or start to run f Carry out work in these areas only with the en gine off the ignition off and exercise extreme Caution Risk of injury The radiator fans in the front end of the car may be operating or unexpectedly start operating when the engine is switched on f Carry out work in these areas only
45. and the original settings remain in effect Only if the message Process complete appears after the settings have been made will the Tire Pressure Monitoring retearn the wheels f Please see the chapter SYSTEM LEARNING on Page 150 Before fitting tires with sizes which are not stored in the onboard computer the missing information should be supplemented in the on board computer f Please consult your authorized Porsche dealer f Use only tires approved by Porsche The available items in the tire pressure menu depend on the tires on your vehicle For this reason it is possible that some of the items shown here are not available on your onboard computer s display f Make sure that tire pressures correspond to the on board computer settings Correct the tire pressure if necessary f Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES FOR COLD TIRES 68 F 20 C on Page 289 148 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings EH TPM Hinto Pre datt the Load f Pushoperating lever forward in order to switch on the selection field f Select TPM with the operating lever f Push operating lever forward The display changes to the tire pressure menu f Select Load with the operating lever HST S i f Select partial load or full load and push the operating lever forward f Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES FOR COLD TIRES 68 F 20 C on Page 289 f Make sure that the ti
46. apply a fresh coating of suitable pre servative to unprotected areas after cleaning the underside of the body the transmission the engine or carrying out repairs to under body engine or transmission components Effective rust oroofing is particularly important during the cold weather season If your car is driv en frequently in areas where salt has been spread on the roads the whole engine compartment should be cleaned thoroughly after the winter to prevent salt from causing any lasting damage A full under body wash should also be performed at the same time Stainless steel exhaust tailpipes Stainless steel exhaust tailpipes can discolor due to soiling strong heat and combustion residues The original polish can be achieved again using commercially available metal polishing paste or metal polish Light alloy wheels f Please see the chapter WASHING on Page 225 l Warning Danger of accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death if cleaning agents e g wheel cleaning agents come into contact with the brake discs The resulting film on the brake discs can im pair braking performance f Make sure that no cleaning agent comes into contact with the brake discs f If cleaning agent has come into contact with the brake discs thoroughly clean the brake discs with a strong jet of water f Paying attention to any road users behind you dry the brake discs by applying the brakes at short intervals
47. are compatible with the original factory instal lations Danger Risk of loss of control and serious personal injury or death f If while driving your vehicle experiences a sud den vibration or ride disturbance and or you suspect that possible damage to your tires or vehicle has occurred you should immediately reduce your speed without excessive use of the brakes Stop the vehicle as soon as possible and in spect the tires If you cannot determine the cause for the dis turbance have your vehicle towed to the near est Porsche or tire dealer to have your vehicle or tire S inspected Continuing to operate the vehicle without cor rection could result in a loss of control and serious personal injury a TG oe lia bs Fi a le ee Example Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and max imum section wicth All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specific govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one Practical Tips Emergency Service 235 and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their us
48. backrests The head airbags are installed in the door linings 44 Operation Safety l Danger To provide optimal occupant protection air bags must inflate at very high speed If you are not wearing your safety belt or are too close to the airbag when itis deployed inflat ing airbags can result in serious personal in jury or death f Make sure there are no people animals or ob jects between the driver or passenger and the area into which the airbag inflates f Sit back as far fromthe dashboard or steering Wheel as is practical while still maintaining full vehicle control f Always hold the steering wheel by the outer rim Never rest your hands on the airbag panel f Always fasten seat belts because triggering of the airbag system depends on the force and angle of impact f Donottransport heavy objects on or in front of the passenger s seat These could impair the function of the airbag the seat belts and weight sensing f Do not hang objects e g jackets coats coat hangers over the backrest Always keep the lid of the door storage com partment closed Objects must not protrude out of the door storage compartment No changes may be made to the wring or components of the airbag system Do not add any additional coverings or stickers to the steering wheel or in the area of the pas senger s airbag side airbags and head air bags Doing so may adversely affect the func tioning of the airbag system or
49. battery This grounding point must lie as far as possible from the battery For example a solid metal part or the engine block are suitable grounding points If no suitable grounding points are to be found on either vehicle the negative cable must carefully be connected directly to the negative terminal of the battery If a Suitable grounding point is to be found only on the donor vehicle the negative cable must first be connected to the terminal of the discharged battery then to the grounding point of the donor vehicle 3 Run the engine of the donor car at a higher speed 268 Practical Tips Emergency Service 4 Start the engine An attempted start using jumper cables should not last more than 15 seconds Then allow a waiting period of at least one minute Note Before disconnecting the jumper cables elec trical loads such as the heated rear window and the heating fan blower should be switched on the vehicle s lights must not be switched on This reduces voltage peaks which may oc cur when disconnecting the jumper cables With the engine running remove both jumper cables in reverse order Bulb chart Low beam Additional high beam without cornering light Additional high beam with cornering light Turn signal indicator light side License plate light Type rating Philips D2S 35W H11 55W H7 LL 55 W WY5W CSW Lights Replacing Bulbs H Warning Risk of short circuit f Always switch of
50. blower speed f Press button K upwards or downwards respec tively The preset blower speed is increased or decreased The speed stages are indicated by a bar display If the button is pressed downwards at the lowest blower stage the blower and automatic control are switched off OFF will appear on the display field Pressing the button upwards or pressing the AUTO button switches the blower and automatic control back on again CX Recirculating air setting H Warning Risk of accident due to impaired vision resulting in serious personal injury or death In recirculating air setting the windows may fog up f Only select recirculating air setting for short periods f If the windows fog up switch recirculating air setting off immediately by pressing the circulating air button again and select the Defrost windshield function Automatic air conditioning system Heated rear window Door mirror heating 107 Switching recirculating air setting on or off f Press button E The outside air supply is interrupted and only the inside air is circulated The light emitting diode in the button lights up Over approx 37 F 3 C If the air conditioning compressor was off it switches on automatically The duration of recircue lating air setting is not limited Below approx 37 F 3 C The air conditioning compressor is switched off Recirculating air setting is automatically ended after approx 3 minutes
51. cannot be overcome even wth PTM The risk of accidents due to inappropriate speed cannot be reduced even by PTM The driver bears the responsibility for all dri ving maneuvers f Adapt your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions f Obey all traffic laws Dynamormeter testing procedure Some U S states and Canadian provinces con duct emissions inspectior maintenance testing in volving the use of two wheel dynamometer A two wheeled dynamometer is a treadmill type device upon which a single axle of the car the dri ving axle of the vehicle rotates to simulate vehicle operation on the road while the vehicle remains stationary Your vehicle has a full time four wheel drive system which cannot be disabled Severe damage to the powertrain can result if tested on a two wheel dy namometer H Warning Risk of severe powertrain damage and a pos sible unexpected movement of the vehicle f Do not test your vehicle on a two wheel dyna mometer f Advise the emission station of this warning be fore testing the vehicle Brake tests Brake tests must be performed only on platetype test stands or roller test stands The ignition must be off The following limit values must not be exceeded on roller test stands Testing speed 5 mph 8 kny h Test duration 20 seconds Handbrake tests Handbrake tests on the roller test stand must only be carried out with the ignition switched off B
52. continue driving f Have the fault remedied at the nearest author ized Porsche dealer Check Engine Emission Control Co Warning Light The emission control system detects malfunctions early that could for example cause increased pollutant emissions or consequential damage Faults are indicated by a continuously lit or flashing instrument panel warning light The faults are recorded in the control unit s fault memory The warning light in the instrument panel lights up when the ignition is switched on as a bulb check and goes out approx 4 seconds after the engine Starts If the warning light does not light up have the bulb replaced promptly The warning light in the instrument panel flashes to indicate operating states e g engine misfiring which might cause damage to certain parts of the emission control system f Inthis case immediately reduce the engine load by easing off the accelerator f In order to avoid consequential damage to the engine or emission control system e g cata lytic converter have the fault diagnosed and rectified immediately at the nearest authorized Porsche dealer If the warning light in the instrument panel lights up permanently without flashing before and remains on while driving it suggests a potential engine control problem and the need for system service or animproperly fastened tank cap or the vehicle was refueled while the engine was running f Stop immediate
53. displayed 1 5 psi 0 1 bar must be added to this tire Note The tire pressure menu can only be called up when the vehicle is stationary Calling up the Info pressure display f Pushoperating lever forward in order to switch on the selection field f Select TPM with the operating lever f Push operating lever forward The display changes to the tire pressure menu f Select Info pressure with the operating lever f Push operating lever forward Note After the ignition is switched on it can take up to approx 1 minute before all tire pressures are displayed Dashes appear instead of the tire pressures He 520 IN Summer tyres Wa 1S inch Tire type info in Tire pressure menu Information about the currently set tires Tire type Summer tires winter tires Tire size 18 19 inch Info tires shows the current tire settings Calling up the Info tires display f Pushoperating lever forward in order to switch on the selection field f Select TPM with the operating lever f Push operating lever forward The display changes to the tire pressure menu 23 507 f Select Info tires with the operating lever f Push operating lever forward Tire selection in the Set menu f Push operating lever forward in order to switch on the selection field f Select TPM with the operating lever Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 145 HFF
54. eene SEENEN oe Long Lfe BUDS EE 277 Check Engine Emission Control 065 125 Fue Pvaporation EES 217 Adjusting Hecht 278 OnBoard Computer BC o EES 218 EE 280 How Emission Control Works cccceeeeeeee 219 Warnings on the instrument panel Masher Fud EE 220 e and the on board Cormouter ceeceeeeee eee 158 Vehicle Identification Power Steering EE 221 Di Ait FIRED EE 222 Technical Datta EE 283 sgua Gai EE 167 SE Selon la e ae ke 222 Vehicle dent Ca ON elll l aaa 284 Manual Transmission Clutch 168 Fluids Oils for Manual Transmission moval at ca Deta oe 286 Drive Off Assistant ENEE 169 and Porsche Doppelkupplung PDK 222 Daoranmg ecccccceceecccceeceetecceeeeeceettsteeeeess 299 Porsche Doppelkupplung DUDK 170 Wiper aera eee ee 225 Car Care INSU OMS E 224 MODIS e Ee 177 Practical Tips Emergency Service 233 Lifting Sliding ROOF EE 178 Es y Comvertble TOP EE 181 Exercise Extreme Caution when Working Emergency operation of the convertible top 183 on your Vehicle cece ec ecce eens e ee eaees 234 MAT ege E 190 Tires WheelS E 235 Hardtop cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeaeeenenes 194 Loading Information ccceee cence eee e eee e eee 246 BET ere oe en racer earn team ye irra ter rr tena om ZOO Wile Bots oe een tence ences 248 Roof EE 204 Changing aweel NKNNKNENKKEN NEEN ENREN ENNEN NN 249 Ia EE EE 251 Table of Contents Dear Porsche Owner A lot has gone in
55. engine oil than required to reach the max mark Fold up oil filler cap Pushin oil filler tube fully and turn cap clock wise until you feel it reach its end position Measure oil level again with the onboard computer Switch off the engine If necessary repeat the process and add more engine oil as required Maintenance Car Care 209 Engine Oil Recommendation Porsche recommends M bil E The right oil for your vehicle Complies with Viscosity class approval Porsche A40 SAE OW 40 SAE 5W 40 SAE 5W 50 9 Generally you can find details of the manufacturer approvals on the oil containers or as a notice displayed by the retailer The current approval status is also available from your Porsche partner 2 SAE viscosity class Example SAE OW 40 Specification OW Viscosity specification for low temperatures winter Specification 40 Viscosity specification for high temperatures 3 For all temperature ranges 4 For the temperature range over 13 F 25 C 2 10 Maintenance Car Care Always observe the following points Use engine oils approved by Porsche only This iS a precondition for optimum and problemfree operation of your vehicle Regular oil changes are part of Servicing It is important that the service intervals particularly the oil change intervals are observed in accordance with the specifications in the Maintenance booklet OS a
56. filler flap can be centrally unlocked or locked with the remote control The vehicle cannot be locked if the driver s door is not completely closed A short signal from the alarm horn will draw your attention to the fact that the following components are not completely closed when you try to lock the vehicle Driver s door the vehicle cannot be locked if the driver s door is not completely closed Passenger s door Luggage compartment lid Engine compartment lid Glass rear hatch Targa Glove compartment Unlocking the vehicle by using the key in the door lock and opening the door may activate the alarm system within 10 seconds Note f Onvehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus the PCM can be used to activate auto matic door locking Please observe the chapter Individual Memo ry inthe separate PCM operating instructions Automatic relocking If the car is unlocked by remote control and none of the car doors is opened within approx 100 seconds automatic relocking takes place This relocking time can be adapted to your individ ual requirements 10 100 seconds by an author ized Porsche dealer Operation Safety 19 Locking conditions f Lock car once The doors cannot be opened from the outside Alarm system and passenger compartment monitoring are switched on If a person or animal remains in the vehicle f Quickly lock car twice The doors cannot be opened from t
57. footbrake and engage the selector lever properly If there is a fault in the transmission Depending on priority the warning Transmis sion emergency run in white or red lettering or the warning Transmission temperature too high is displayed on the onboard computer Warning Transmission emergency run white Effects Restricted gearshift comfort Failure of reverse gear Remedy Have the fault repaired immediately at an authorized Porsche dealer Warning Transmission emergency run red Effect Vehicle can be driven only until it comes to a stop Remedy It is not possible to continue driving Inwmedi ately stop the vehicle in a suitable place Have the vehicle towed to an authorized Porsche dealer Varning Transmission temperature too high Effects Warning jerks can be felt when driving off and the engine power may be restricted Remedies Do not hold the vehicle with the accelerator on a hill for example Hold the vehicle with the brake Reduce engine load If possible stop the vehicle in a Suitable place Allow the engine to run in selector lever position P or N until the warning disappears Please see the chapter REDUCED DRIVING PROGRAM on Page 176 Please see the chapter PORSCHE DOPPEL KUPPLUNG PDK on Page 170 Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 121 Level gage When the ignition is on the fuel level is displayed f Please see the chapte
58. front Maximum axle load rear Maximum useful load Roof Transport System F The maximum gross weight must not be exceeded Note If additional accessories are installed the useful load will be correspondingly less FE Use only Original Porsche Roof Transport System Manual transmission 1415 kg to 1515 kg 3120 Ibs to 3340 Ibs 4012 Ibs 1820 kg 1709 Ibs 775 kg 2601 Ibs 1180 kg 165 Ibs 75 kg Manual transmission 1425 kg to 1520 kg 3142 Ibs to 3351 Ibs 4034 Ibs 1830 kg 1709 Ibs 775 kg 2601 Ibs 1180 kg 165 Ibs 75 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1445 kg to 1545 kg 3186 Ibs to 3406 Ibs 4079 Ibs 1850 kg 1709 Ibs 775 kg 2601 Ibs 1180 kg 165 Ibs 75 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1455 kg to 1550 kg 3208 Ibs to 3417 Ibs 4101 lbs 1860 kg 1709 lbs 775 kg 2601 Ibs 1180 kg 165 lbs 75 kg Technical Data 291 Weights Coup 911 Carrera 4 Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear Maximum useful load Roof Transport System 911 Carrera 4S Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear Maximum useful load Roof Transport System K The maximum gross weight must not be exceeded Note If additional accessories are installed the useful load will be correspondingly less FE Use only Original Porsche Roof Transport System 292 Technical Data Manual transmission 14
59. impurities in the air which en ters the car through the fresh air vents f Cleanall windows regularly inside and outside with Porsche window cleaner f If you use a chamois leather for the windows do not use it for paintwork as it will otherwise pick up a certain amount of preservative or polish and could smear the windows and thus impair vision f Remove dead insects with Porsche insect re mover Note Door windows feature a water epellent hydro phobic coating which prevents soiling of the windows This coating is subject to natural wear and can be renewed f Consult an authorized Porsche dealer 220 Maintenance Car Care Wiper blades Wiper blades that are in perfect condition are vital for a clear view Please see the chapter VUPER BLADES on Page 223 f Replace the wiper blades twice per year be fore and after the cold season or whenever wiper performance deteriorates or the blades are damaged Periodically clean the wiper blades with Porsche window cleaner especially after the vehicle has been washed in a car wash If they are very dirty e g with insect remains they can be cleaned with a sponge or cloth If the wiper blades rub or squeak this can be as a result of the following If the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash residues may adhere to the windshield These wax residues can be removed only by using window cleaner concentrate The wiper blades may be damaged or
60. in hints for the first Brakes cee eee T 58 Porsche Traction Management PTM 96 2 000 miles 3 000 kilometerS ccccene eee 10 ABS Brake System Antilock Brake System 61 Trunk Erraprrert eens eeeeeeene ees 97 Clutch Pedal a a aoe ee tee een es eee 62 Porsche Communication Management PCM 98 Qperation Gofetw 13 Porsche Traction Management PTM 63 Car Telephone and Aftermarket Alarms 100 EE EEN 64 iPod USB and AIX 101 Deh ea ee ea SS Porsche Stability Management DM 66 Fire Extinguisher E 102 EE Porsche Active Suspension Management POT Elo E 103 Kee ENER 18 Gah 69 ee eye eee rere wee rere cr rer 19 ege EE e Autorratic Air Conditioning System Passenger Compartment Monitoring a a ee REH e e e 25 EE Door Mirror Hier 105 lee eer EE 27 anti theft Steering Locke 74 Automatic Air Conditioning System c 106 Rech lie Se dE goe Star ng Proced res e ee eee aee e 77 Central and Gicdevarte 109 Cat AJUS TTEN ania rees 30 StOpPPIDNJ ENGINE a a a 78 Freshair Intake o nannennnnnnnnnnnornrrrnrennrne 109 Seat Memory eege eege eege dE N E 33 Emergency Flasher Switch 79 Heated Rear Window Door Mirror Heating 110 EE 27 Light Swtch 80 ie aE Caceres a 81 Instruments On Board Computer i Eer or le e e e E 111 Steering Wheel Adjustment aaaasenrro110ne 37 Turn Signal Headlight Dimmer Steering Wheel eo ENEE 38 Parking light Flasher Lever s
61. it cool Check oil level too high and if necessary add oil Please observe the chapter OIL DISPLAY AND MEASUREMENT OF THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL Indicator faulty Coolant indicator failed Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer DN d Brake pad wear Have the brake pads changed immediately at an authorized Porsche dealer S O Warning Brake fluid level Stop immediately in a suitable place Do not continue driving Have the fault remedied w at an authorized Porsche dealer Warning Brake circuit division Stop immediately in a suitable place Do not continue driving Have the fault remedied 0 at an authorized Porsche dealer S S S 6 Warnings 1 6 1 Instrument On board panel computer ABS 6 N oe Z tt E A ee L i E SS Ki 65 w 162 Warnings Text display on on board computer ABS failure PSM off PSM on PSM failure PSM initialisation PASM Normal Sport PASM failure PASM indicator faulty Sport mode failure Airbag system fault Check passenger s seat setting Meaning measure Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Porsche Stability Management has been switched off Porsche Stability Management has been switched on Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Please observe the chapter PUTTING VEHICLE INTO OPERATION Indicator for selected PASM mode Have the fault re
62. light USA w Warning light Canada The warning lights on the instrument panel and on the onboard computer indicate an insuffi cient brake fluid level Ifthe warning light lights up on the instrument panel and the warning message appears on the onboard computer in combination with a larger pedal travel a brake circuit may have failed If the warning lights should light up when driving f Stop immediately in a suitable place f Do not continue driving Consult an authorized Porsche dealer Maintenance Car Care 2 13 Fuel Economy Fuel economy will vary depending on where when and how you drive optional equipment installed and the general condition of your car A car tuned to specifications and correctly maintained will help you to achieve optimal fuel economy f Have your vehicle tuned to specifications Air cleaner should be dirt free to allow proper engine breathing Battery should be fully charged Wheels should be properly aligned Tires should be inflated at correct pressure f Always monitor your fuel consumption f Drive smoothly avoid abrupt changes in speed as much as possible f Avoid jack rabbit starts and sudden stops f Do not drive longer than necessary in the lower gears Shifting into a higher gear early without lugging the engine will help save fuel f Prolonged warm up idling wastes gas Start the vehicle just before you are ready to drive Accelerate slowly and smoothl
63. loss is a danger to road safety f When the tire pressure warning appears stop immediately at a suitable location Check the indicated tire for signs of damage If neces sary fill in tire sealant and set the correct tire pressure 150 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings This tire pressure warning also appears when driving and can be acknowledged panel goes out only when the tire pressure has been corrected System learning The Tire Pressure Monitoring begins to learn the wheels after a wheel change wheel transmitter replacement or update of the tire settings During this process the Tire Pressure Monitoring recog nizes the tires and their locations The onboard computer displayes the message TPM is learning monitoring not act The Tire Pressure Monitoring requires a certain amount of time to learn the wheels During this time the current tire pressures are not available on the onboard computer The tire pressure warning light remains lit until all wheels have been learned The display of the tire pressure function of the onboard computer shows lines The required pressures for cold tires at 68 F 20 C are indicated in the Info pressure display in the tire pressure menu Position and pressure information is displayed as soon as the Tire Pressure Monitoring has as signed the wheels identified as belonging to the vehicle to the correct wheel positions The wheel learning p
64. necessary move steering wheel slightly lon gitudinally Operation Safety 37 Switching on steering wheel heating f Press button The message Steering wheel heating ON is displayed on the on board computer for 2 seconds Switching off steering wheel heating f Press button The message Steering wheel heating OFF is displayed on the on board computer for 2 seconds Steering Whee Heating The steering wheel heating can be switched on and off with the button on the rear of the steering wheel when the ignition is switched on 38 Operation Safety Multi Functional Steering Wheel DN Warning There is a danger of accident if you set or Operate the on board computer radio navigation system telephone or other equipment when driving Operating these devices while driving could distract you from traffic and cause you to lose control of the vehicle f Operate these components while driving only if the traffic situation allows you to do so Safely f Carry out any complicated operating or setting procedures only while the vehicle is stationary Depending on the equipment in your vehicle you can use the function keys of the multi functional steering wheel to operate the following Porsche communication systems PCM Telephone CDAudio DVDAudio Readiness for operation of multi functional steering wheel The multifunctional steering wheel is ready for operation when the ignition and PCM a
65. of a used airbag unit our safety instructions must be followed These instructions can be obtained at any authorized Porsche dealer Function of the airbag system Airbags are a supplemental safety system Your primary protection comes from your safety belts The front airbags are triggered during a frontal col lision of sufficient force and direction In the event of a side impact of corresponding force the side airbag on the impact side is triggered The inflation process generates the amount of gas required to fill the airbags at the necessary pres sure in fractions of a second Airbags help to protect the head and upper body while simultaneously damping the motion of the driver and passenger in the impact direction in the event of a frontal impact or side impact In order to help provide protection in severe colli sions which can cause death and serious injury airbags must inflate extremely rapidly Such high speed inflation has a negative but unavoidable side effect which is that it can and does cause in juries including facial and arm abrasions bruising and broken bones You can help minimize such in juries by always wearing your safety belts There are many types of accidents in which airbags are not expected to deploy These include accidents where the airbags whould provide no benefit such as a rear impact against your vehi cle Other accidents where the airbags are de signed not to deploy are those where t
66. or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www savercar gov Your car has thousands of parts and components which have been designed and manufactured in accordance with Porsche s high standards of engineering quality and safety DN Warning Any alteration or misuse of the vehicle can lead to accidents and severe or fatal personal injuries Any alteration of the vehicle may negate or interfere with those safety features built into the vehicle Modifications may be carried out on your vehicle only if approved by Porsche Your Porsche is intended to be used in a safe manner obeying the local laws and in the light of driving conditions faced by you and in accordance with the instructions provided in this Owner s Manual f Do not misuse your Porsche by ignoring those laws and driving conditions or by ignoring the instructions in this manual l Caution The fitting of racing tires e g slicks for sporting events is not approved by Porsche Very high comering speeds can be achieved with racing tires However the resulting transverse acceleration values would jeopar dize the adequate supply of oil to the engine Porsche therefore will not accept any warranty or accept any liability for damage occurring as a result of non compliance with this provision f Do not fit racing tires e g slicks for sporting e
67. point must point to the rear These covers are also used with the hardtop 13 Close front locking lever Push on plastic cover of the front hardtop lock 196 Mobile Roofs Putting on the hardtop Caution Risk of damage to the windstop and hardtop f Always remove the windstop before fitting the hardtop Please see the chapter JMNDSTOP on Page 190 Open all four side windows and convertible top Take unlocking handle D from the storage tray between the front seats Position unlocking D on the point marking Carefully remove both plastic covers C on both sides of the hardtop Carefully fit both protective covers J into the trim panel from behind 4 Pull off plastic cover of the front hardtop lock 5 Press red lock button of the front locking lever Fully open locking lever Mobile Roofs 197 6 Check whether the rear screw connections on the hardtop are loosened turn it 2 turns clock wise 7 Together with a second person on the other side grasp the hardtop at points E and F 8 Carefully lift the hardtop up and over the vehi cle from behind 198 Mobile Roofs Z S ZA Warning Danger of pinching fingers or hands at the points FEIL f Evenly lower the hardtop at both sides 9 First push the hardtop completely into the guides on the windshield frame Then carefully lower the hardtop into the lock ing elements at the rear l Caution Danger of damage due to inadv
68. position or the PDK selector lever in position P or N 234 Practical Tips Emergency Service In particular be very careful to ensure that items of clothing ties shirt sleeves etc jew elry long hair hand or fingers cannot get caught in the engine compartment blower fan belts or other moving parts The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car The engine compartment blower is mounted on the engine compartment lid The engine compartment blower can start or continue running as a function of temperature even with the engine switched off Carry out work in these areas only with the en gine off the ignition switched off and exercise extreme caution Your Porsche is equipped with an electronic ig nition system When the ignition is on high volt age is present in all wires connected with the ignition system therefore exercise extreme caution when working on any part of the engine While the ignition is on or the engine is running Always support your car with safety stands if it is necessary to work under the car J acks are not suitable for this kind of work When working under the car without safety stands but with the wheels on the ground make sure the car is on level ground the Wheels are blocked and that the engine cannot be started Remove the ignition key Do not smoke or allow an open flame around the battery or fuel Keep a fire extinguisher in close reach Incomplete or improper serv
69. side bolsters are adjusted to the shape of the body Seat backrest Folding forward f Pull up lever Hin the side part of the backrest and fold the backrest forward Folding back f Tilt back and engage the backrest so that it cannot tip forward when the car is braked 32 Operation Safety Sports bucket seat f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system A Fore and aft adjustment f Raise locking lever A Move seat to desired position and release lever Ensure that the seat engages correctly Fa 001 B Backrest Folding forward f Pull loop B in the side part of the backrest and fold the backrest forward Folding back f Tilt back and engage the backrest so that it cannot tip forward when the car is braked M Memory button 1 Key button 2 3 Person buttons Seat Memory Individual seat and door mirror settings can be stored and recalled for the driver s position You cannot store the position of the side bolsters of the adaptive sports seat Further individual setting options are available in vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus f Please observe the chapter Individual Memory in the separate PCM operating instructions T Warning Risk of crushing due to uncontrolled recall of a seat setting f Cancel automatic adjustment by pressing any of the seat adjustment buttons f Do not leav
70. spacer 3 Fasten the brake disc with the short M6x12 countersunk screws part No 900 269 047 09 Tightening torque 7 5 fib 10 Nm 4 For wheel mounting without a spacer 5 mm shorter wheel bolts part No 997 361 203 01 must be used Tightening torque 96 ftib 130 Nm Mounting the spacers Practical Tips Emergency Service 255 1 Remove wheel 2 Unscrew both countersunk screws M6x12 on the break disc 3 Fasten the spacer with the long M6x16 countersunk screws Tightening torque 7 5 TOb 10 Nm 4 Fit wheel To do this use the longer wheel bolts for fastening the wheels Tightening torque 96 fb 130 Nm f Please see the chapter CHANGING A WHEEL on Page 249 Required scope of parts if the spacers are removed Short countersunk screws M6x12 Part No 900 269 047 009 1 set short wheel bolts Part No 997 361 203 01 Short antitheft protection Part No 996 361 057 001 f For information onthe spacers Please see the chapter SPACERS 911 CARRERA 911 CARRERA S on Page 255 256 Practical Tips Emergency Service RA 1 18 Long wheel bolt X bolt length approx 49 mm Arrows spherical cap ring Wheel bolt identifying features For identification purposes the movable spherical cap ring is galvanised in red on the long wheel bolts The long wheel bolts must only be used together with 5 mm spacers fitted The short wheel bolts are not marked in colour The short wheel bolt
71. tae A 29 110 a e Ee 27 Ville EIERE 27 73 PURO Ee 28 Multi functional steering wee 39 N Navigation EE 98 Selection field onboard computer 142 Notes on CAI Gal eae ee ea eae eae ace ea 224 Maintenance ER 206 Number plate Te ln dE 80 277 O CKtoareroatirg EE 216 217 EE 117 CO GT AY ore asses eee ee eee ee eee 81 EE 208 Charge reer ae ee ena amram cerry 210 Checking NOVEM eessen ege ge see 153 CONSUIN DUN 0 cece eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeaeeeanes 10 RE ie e EE 208 RTE e ele ee 153 PS ae eee eee ee ree 124 Recommendation ENEE 210 Rauen EE 116 Topping off engine ol 209 OIL Display and measurement of the engine OW NEV EE 153 Onboard COMPUtET ipa icine cttesedensesemseseeeeee tine 126 Basic eet 127 155 Calling onboard computer functions 127 Functions and display possibilities 127 General rforrretion ssnnu10 156 157 Language version 155 Operation controls cccceeeeeeeeeeees 126 Selecting a radio station 142 Setting the GlIOG E 156 Switching daytime driving lights or oft 156 Switching ON pevdation ees 142 Tire pressure WAININGS cccseeeseeeeeees 149 Warnings and rreeeaddee ees 158 Onboard literature cc ccc cece ee eeseeeeaseeeeaaes 2 Operating voice COrtrO 126 Operating your Porsche in other Countries 214 EE Sch Outside temperatur indicator 0 s0000 123 OXygen SENS ee DEENEN EEN 219 P Paint EE 224 227 Re EE 285 e EE 72 Par
72. the footbrake f Manual transmission Move the gearshift lever into neutral The clutch pedal must be depressed fully before the starter will engage f In vehicles with PDK transmission Move PDK selector lever to position P or N Temperature sensors on the engine automatically provide the correct fuel air mixture required for starting Therefore it is not necessary to depress the accelerator pedal while starting a cold ora warm engine Starting the engine f Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 2 f As soon as the engine starts release the igni tion key The first operation of the starter is ended automat ically when the engine starts If the engine does not start subsequent starter operations will not be ended automatically If the engine fails to start after 10 or 15 seconds of cranking f Vait about 10 seconds before engaging the starter again f When starting the engine be ready to drive immediately Drive vehicle at moderate speeds and avoid engine speeds above 4 200 rpm during the first 5 minutes f Do not let the engine idle to warm up H Danger Engine exhaust fumes have many compo nents which you can smell They also contain carbon monoxide CO which is a colorless and odorless gas Carbon monoxide can cause unconscious ness and even death if inhaled f Never start or let the engine run in an en closed unventilated area It is not recommended to sit in your car for pro lon
73. the on board computer after the vehicle is refuelled Please see the chapter OIL DISPLAY AND MEASUREMENT OF THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL on Page 153 The difference between the minimum and maxi mum marks on the segment display is approx 1 3 quarts 1 25 liters Each segment of the display corresponds to ap prox 0 42 quart 0 4 liter Topping off engine oil l Warning Risk of burning from hot parts in engine com partment Risk of injury by rotating parts The engine compartment blower on the en gine compartment lid can start up even with engine off f Exercise extrem caution when working in the engine compartment f Top off engine oil only with the engine off Engine oil is hazardous to your health and may be fatal if swallowed f Keep engine oil out of children s reach Used engine oil contains chemicals that have Caused cancer in laboratory animals f Aways protect your skin by washing thorough ly with soap and water Note The Check Engine warning light may light up if the cap of the oil filler opening is opened while the engine is running Measure the oil level and read off the required top up quantity on the onboard computer Switch off the engine Turn the oil filler cap counter clockwise by approx 90 and fully pull out the oil filler tube by means of the cap Fold down the oil filler cap Add at most 0 5 quarts 0 5 liter of engine oil at a time Never add more
74. the onboard computer if the glass rear hatch is not completely closed f Fully close the glass rear hatch 202 Mobile Roofs Emergency operation of sliding glass roof Closing the sliding glass roof f Before using emergency operation please check whether the fuses may be defective f Please see the chapter ELECTRICAL SYS TEM on Page 257 T Warning Risk of injury and damage f Do not operate the sliding glass roof with the rocker switch during and after emergency op eration ERT 244 Remove ignition key Move the front passenger seat forward and fold the backrest forward Fold the rear seat backrests forward Grasp under the rear wall lining A with your hands Forcefully pull the rear wall lining A for ward AB EE Bei 743 es ee Lilia Pe You will find the Allen keys for emergency opera 5 Insert the Allen keys into the drive axles C of tion on the back on the lining A the electric motors 4 Take both Allen keys B out of their holder 6 Press both Allen keys into the drive axles until they engage audibly This requires a somewhat greater effort 7 Keep both Allen keys pressed in and turn them to the right Keep turning until the sliding roof is closed 8 Remove the Allen keys Close the rear wall lin ing 9 Please have the fault remedied at an author ized Porsche dealer Mobile Roofs 203 Roof Transport System Coup only f Please follow the separat
75. thus can reach their wear limit sooner It is important to check tire wear frequently to avoid risk of serious personal injury or death from worn tres f Check tire wear frequently Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake PCCB f Please see the chapter BRAKES on Page 58 The high performance brake system is designed for optimal braking effect at all speeds and temperatures Certain speeds braking forces and ambient conditions Such as temperature and humidity therefore might cause brake noises Vear on the different components and braking system such as brake pads and brake discs depends to a great extent on the individual driving style and the conditions of use and therefore Cannot be expressed in actual miles on the road The values communicated by Porsche are based on normal operation adapted to traffic Wear increases considerably when the vehicle is driven on race tracks or through an aggressive driving style f Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer about the current guidelines in effect before such use of your vehicle Setting and operating vehicle components when driving H Warning There is a danger of accident if you set or op erate the on board computer radio naviga tion system telephone or other equipment when driving This could distract you from the traffic and cause you to lose control of the vehicle re sulting in serious personal injury or death f Operate the components while drivin
76. under the car Risk of damage to the brake discs of the Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake PCCB f Always screw in both assembly aids when changing a wheel Note The tools required for changing a wheel e g jack wheel bolt wrench assembly aids are not sup plied with the car Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you Apply the handbrake fully and engage 1st gear or PDK selectorlever position P and remove the ignition key Switch on the hazard warning lights if neces sary Secure the car against rolling away e g by means of wedges under the wheels on the op posite side This is particularly important on slopes Slightly slacken the wheel bolts of the wheel to be changed Lift the car only at the specified jacking points Raise the car until the wheel lifts off the ground Please see the chapter LIFTING THE VEHICLE WITH A LIFTING PLATFORM OR GARAGE LIFT on Page 254 Remove 1 or 2 wheel bolts See respective illustration Screw in assembly aids instead of the wheel bolts Screw in assembly aid for vehicles without Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake 9 Remove the remaining wheel bolts Note on operation f To remove or mount the spacers Please see the chapter SPACERS 911 CARRERA 911 CARRERA S on Page 255 Practical Tips Emergency Service 249 Screw in two assembly aids for vehicles with Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake 10 Take t
77. work performed by an authorized Porsche dealer Sports Exhaust System Switching on and off The sports exhaust system can be switched on and off when the ignition is switched on using button A When the sports exhaust system is switched on the light emitting diode in the button lights up Parking Brake Parking brake force is mechanically transferred to the rear wheels by means of cables f Use the parking brake only after the vehicle has core to a full stop Setting the parking brake f Pull the lever all the way up arrow With the ignition on the parking brake warning lights in the instrument panel and on board computer will come on if the lever is even slightly raised A firm pull upward is required to properly engage the parking brake If the brake is not fully set the vehicle may roll without control f Move the selector lever to P PDK or move the gearshift lever to reverse or first gear Manual transmission f Before exiting the vehicle make sure that the parking brake is fully set and the vehicle is not moving at all l Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death A partially engaged parking brake may allow the vehicle to roll causing serious personal injury or death to any person in its path f Engage the parking brake fully Releasing the parking brake f Pull the lever slightly up as you depress the re lease button and then push the lever all the way down Operati
78. worn Replace damaged or worn wiper blades imme diately f Please see the chapter WASHER FLUID on Page 220 f Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer for further information Undercoating As it is not possible to exclude the risk of damage to this protective coating in day to day driving it is advisable to have the underside of the car in spected at certain intervals preferably before the start of winter and again in spring and the un dercoating restored as necessary Your authorized Porsche dealer is familiar with the bodyseal treatment procedures and has the nec essary equipment for applying factory approved materials We recommend that you entrust them with such work and inspections Unlike conventional spray oils undercoating and rust oroofing Compounds based on bitumen or wax do not attack the sound proofing materials ap plied at the factory l Warning Danger of fire resulting in serious personal injury or death f Do not apply additional undercoating or rust proofing on or near the exhaust manifold ex haust pipes catalytic converters or heat shields During driving the substance used for undercoating could overheat and ignite f Before applying fresh underseal carefully re move any deposits of dirt and grease Once it has dried the new undercoating compound forms a tough protective coating which pro vides efficient rustproofing of the floor panels and componerts f Always
79. 1O0 If the convertible top does not lock in the windshield frame f Open convertible top again start the engine and close the convertible top again using the switch Assist with the closing process by grasping the convertible top at the handhold and pulling it toward the windshield frame arrow f Please see the chapter WARNINGS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 158 Messages in on board computer If the engine compartment lid is open when acti vating the convertible top a message appears in the onboard computer The convertible top can not be opened Rear lid f Close engine compartment lid f Please see the chapter WARNINGS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 158 Convertible top status Emergency operation of the convertible top f Before performing emergency operation please check Was the ignition switched on and was the en gine compartment lid closed during operation of the convertible top with the switch Are electrical fuses defective Please see the chapter ELECTRICAL SYS TEM on Page 257 H Warning There is danger of injury and damage during emergency operation There is danger of crushing or trapping body parts at all movable convertible top parts which could cause serious personal injury f Take great care when performing emergency operation f Do not operate the convertible top during and after emergency operation
80. 293 Weights Cabriolet 911 Carrera 4 Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear 911 Carrera 4S Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear The maximum gross weight must not be exceeded Note If additional accessories are installed the useful load will be correspondingly less 294 Technical Data Manual transmission 1555 kg to 1625 kg 3428 lbs to 3583 Ibs 4255 lbs 1930 kg 1819 lbs 825 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Manual transmission 1565 kg to 1630 kg 3450 Ibs to 3594 Ibs 4277 bs 1940 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 lIbs 1220 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1585 kg to 1655 kg 3494 Ibs to 3649 Ibs 4321 Ibs 1960 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 lIbs 1220 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1595 kg to 1660 kg 3516 Ibs to 3660 Ibs 4343 lbs 1970 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 lbs 1220 kg Weights Targa 911 Targa 4 Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear 911 Targa 4S Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear S The maximum gross weight must not be exceeded Note If additional accessories are installed the useful load will be correspondingly less Manual transmission 1530 kg to 1605 kg 3373 Ibs to 3538 Ibs 4211 Ibs 1910 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg
81. 4 Top track speed Acceleration O 60 mph 5 0 seconds Acceleration O 60 mph with Sport Acceleration O 100 knyh 62 mph 5 2 seconds Acceleration O 100 kn7 h 62 moh with Sport Manual transmission 184 5 mph 297 kb 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4S Top track speed Acceleration O 60 mph 4 7 seconds Acceleration O 60 mph with Sport Acceleration O 100 knyh 62 mph 4 9 seconds Acceleration O 100 kn7 h 62 moh with Sport PDK transmission 178 3 mph 287 kr bu 4 7 seconds 4 5 seconds 4 9 seconds 4 7 seconds PDK transmission 186 4 mph 300 kr h 4 5 seconds 4 3 seconds 4 7 seconds 4 5 seconds PDK transmission 175 2 mph 282 kb 4 8 seconds 4 6 seconds 5 0 seconds 4 8 seconds PDK transmission 183 3 mph 295 kb 4 5 seconds 4 3 seconds 4 7 seconds 4 5 seconds Powerkit Carrera Manual transmission 190 8 mph 307 kb 4 6 seconds 4 8 seconds Manual transmission 187 7 mph 302 kb 4 6 seconds 4 8 seconds PDK transmission 189 5 mph 305 kb 4 4 seconds 4 2 seconds 4 6 seconds 4 4 seconds PDK transmission 186 4 mph 300 kr h 4 4 seconds 4 2 seconds 4 6 seconds 4 4 seconds Technical Data 297 Dimensions Length Width With with door mirrors Height Wheelbase Ground clearance at maximum gross weight Turning circle Vehicles with PASM Height Ground clearance at maximum gross weight Vehicles with Sports chassis Height Ground clearance at
82. 5 IECH 33 POS MIO Ee 30 306 Index Sports bucket eet EEN 32 Sports Seat eessen 31 EE EE 31 Kn ele ee DEE 36 Seat memory Operating with the remote control 34 Operation with person buttons 33 Selector lever DoOeiorn 112 114 Selector lever position indicator PDK gea RR Elle DEE 171 KEN 133 SET Basic setting on on board computer 155 Shaft indicator a a a a ayers cet cram ere uhee 119 Shifting gears Drive Off Aecistart cece cece eeeeeees 169 Manual roarermtssion 168 Porsche Doppelkupplung PDK 170 Side light TP OWN sere Ee 277 Side marker light wcsciveticsenesserecanewsantecvens 80 276 mide vents a a eames ei eee eee waar 109 Sliding glass POOR EE 200 sliding roof aee a a a a 178 EE 243 e ele 242 SEE E EES 257 SPACE Eege geet 255 EE EE 15 Speed code letter ENEE 244 Speed COMMON EE 87 ENEE Eege EE 86 Un elle ACO NGM ase eves ee sane rac aseeetae eens 116 EELER 129 244 Speedometer auer 118 El 69 Sport Chrono Plus package CHRONO stopwatch A 136 BS OG le ee ee eee ee 64 Sport e E 68 PDK transmission ea e 172 Switching Ory oft 64 Switching PASM on oft 69 EE 64 BS OC NSS ae ene ee eee ee ee eee ee ea 4 Sports bucket SCAU eege seenen ee EE 32 Sports Chassis erence Ee 298 Sports exhaust swetem sees eeeeeeeeees 57 SPOS Seal aa a E 31 Sporttype rumning gear ccccec cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 298 Stability management SYSTEM scceeeeeeees 66 standard Seat ee
83. 70 kg to 1565 kg 3241 Ibs to 3450 Ibs 4123 Ibs 1870 kg 1819 lbs 825 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg 165 lbs 75 kg Manual transmission 1480 kg to 1570 kg 3263 Ibs to 3461 Ibs 4145 Ibs 1880 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 lbs 1220 kg 165 Ibs 75 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1500 kg to 1595 kg 3307 Ibs to 3516 Ibs 4189 Ibs 1900 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 lbs 1220 kg 165 Ibs 75 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1510 kg to 1610 kg 3329 Ibs to 3527 Ibs 4211 Ibs 1910 kg 1819 Ibs 825 kg 2690 lbs 1220 kg 165 Ibs 75 kg Weights Cabriolet 911 Carrera Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear 911 Carrera S Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear S The maximum gross weight must not be exceeded Note If additional accessories are installed the useful load will be correspondingly less Manual transmission 1500 kg to 1575 kg 3307 Ibs to 3472Ibs 4145 lbs 1880 kg 1709 lbs 775 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Manual transmission 1510 kg to 1580 kg 3329 Ibs to 3483 Ibs 4167 lbs 1890 kg 1709 lbs 775 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1530 kg to 1605 kg 3373 Ibs to 3538 Ibs 4211 Ibs 1910 kg 1709 Ibs 775 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Porsche Doppelkupplung 1540 kg to 1610 kg 3395 Ibs to 3549 Ibs 4233 Ibs 1920 kg 1709 Ibs 775 kg 2690 Ibs 1220 kg Technical Data
84. 82 Instrument Panel USA Model 112 Multi Functional Steering Wheel cccceeeeaes 39 Windshield Wiper Washer LeVer u s 83 Instrument Panel Canada Model 114 e WEE 40 Automatic Speed Cor ro 86 Engine Oil TEMPEratUre s as nioinioirninnn 116 EE EE 88 Automatic Speed Control Indicator light 116 EE SE 89 Instrument Wumiretion eesti 116 Ee EE 90 DEET egeegeeeeereegeeeieegee 117 6 Table of Contents speedometer eebe 118 Maintenance Car Care 205 Lifting the Vehicle wth a Lifting Platform or Changing over between Miles Kilometers 118 Garage E 254 BE ie inn EE 119 ESTEE acs ALPEN POETAE Spacers 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S 255 Turn Signal Indicator Light ccceeeeee eee e KC e EEN EE Senge RE 257 Coolant Level peer ry eer eC err er errr 207 High Beam Indicator Light cceeseeees 119 Battery a a 261 Gear Shift Indicator ia oS Gr EE 208 Replacing the remote control battery 266 in vehicles with manual transmission 119 Engine o A SE ace Emergency Starting with J umper Cables 267 Cooling SYStOM eecccccecscscscssssectesevecetscsesesees 120 E 210 Bulb chent 269 Porsche Doppelkupplung DUDK 121 EES alz Lights Replacing BiDe 269 Dei e Ee EECH cet ZE Headlights o on 270 Glock 123 Operating your Porsche in other Countries 214 Number Plate Light gt 77 Outside Temperature EE 123 WS e E SS Changing Light Emitting Diodes and Engine Oil Pressures EE 124 E
85. 9 The Tire Pressure Monitoring continuously monitors tire pressure and tire temperature on all four wheels and warns the driver when the tire pressure is too low The display as well as the settings for the Tire Pressure Monitoring take place on the onboard computer However you must still adjust the tire pressure on the wheel f The driver is responsible for filling the tires correctly and making the correct settings on the onboard computer The Tire Pressure Monitoring offers the following functions Display of the actual tire pressure while the vehicle is in motion Display of the deviation from the required pressure refilling pressure Display of currently set tire size and type Tire pressure warnings in two stages W Warning Despite the advantages offered by the Tire Pressure Monitoring it is still the driver s re sponsibility to update the corresponding set tings in the onboard computer and maintain the pressure in the tires Low tire pressure reduces the road safety of the vehicle and destroys the tire and wheel When a flat tire has been displayed immedi ately stop in a suitable place and check the tires for damage If necessary remedy the damage with a tire sealant Do not by any means continue to drive with damaged tires Sealing the tire with tire sealant is only an emergency repair so you can drive to the next authorized Porsche dealer The maximum per mitted speed is 50 m
86. AG OFF is continuously lit when the ignition key is inserted H Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death from the passenger s airbag If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF warning lightis not lit when the ignition key is inserted and the Airbag OFF switch is switched to the OFF Position this could indicate a fault in the system f Do not install a child restraint system on the passenger s seat f Have the fault remedied immediately Please see your authorized Porsche dealer Note f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The key switch for switching off the passenger s airbag in combination with the LATCH attachment bracket are not installed at the factory They can be retrofitted not on vehicles with Sports bucket seats f Please see your authorized Porsche dealer Operation Safety 49 Child Restraint Systems f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system Porsche recommends that all infants and children be restrained in child restraint systems at all times while the vehicle is in motion in accordance with applicable laws Use only child restraint systems with the LATCH system recommended by Porsche These sys tems have been tested and adjusted to the interior of your Porsche and the appropriate child weight groups Other systems have not been tested and could entail an increased risk
87. Battery oa need eer ee eee eee ee eee 261 Replacing the remote control battery 266 Emergency Starting with J umper Cables 267 eege EE 269 Lights Replacing WC Te ER 269 Headlights E 270 Number Plate LIT eee see get egen 277 Changing Light Emitting Diodes and LongLife TEE 277 Adjusting Headlights EEN 278 O e WEE 280 Practical Tips Emergency Service 233 Exercise Extreme Caution when f Working on your Vehicle H Danger Ignoring the following instructions may Cause serious personal injury or death f The engine compartment of any motor vehicle iS a potentially hazardous area If you are not fully familiar with proper repair procedures do not attempt the adjustments described on the following pages This caution also applies to the entire vehicle f Only work on your vehicle outdoors or ina well ventilated area f f Ensure that there are no open flames in the area of your vehicle at any time when fuel fumes might be present Be especially cau tious of such devices such as hot water heat ers which ignite a flame intermittently f Before working on any part in the engine com f partment turn the engine off and let it cool down sufficiently Hot engine compartment components can burn skin on contact f f Be alert and cautious around engine at all times while the engine is running If work has to be performed with the engine running always set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in neutral
88. E CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 206 f Use only new unused Original Porsche brake fluid T Warning Brake fluid is hazardous to your health and may be fatal if swallowed Brake fluid also attacks paintwork f Keep brake fluid out of children s reach f Take care while topping off brake fluid not to soil the luggage compartment or items of lug gage 2 12 Maintenance Car Care Example 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S Checking the brake fluid level The reservoir for the hydraulic braking and clutch systems is located in the luggage compartment 1 Open and remove cover flap A 2 Regularly check the brake fluid level on the transparent expansion tank through the window B The fluid level should always lie between the minimum and maximum marks A slight decrease in the fluid level due to wear and automatic readjustment of the disc brakes is normal If however the fluid level falls markedly or below the minimum mark the braking system may have developed a leak f Have the brake system checked without delay at an authorized Porsche dealer Changing the brake fluid Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air over time This accumulation of water lowers the boil ing point and under certain operating conditions can affect the braking performance Therefore have the brake fluid changed in accord ance with the change intervals stated in the brochure Maintenance BRAKE Warning
89. FCC Rules RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifi cations to this equipment Such modification could void the user s authority to operate the equipment H Warning Any changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by Porsche could void the user s authority to operate this equipment The alarm system and passenger compartment monitoring system are switched on when the doors are locked with the key or remote control f Please see the chapter CENTRAL LOCKING on Page 19 Unlocking the vehicle by using the key in the door lock and opening the door may activate the alarm system within 10 seconds Switching off the alarm system if it is triggered accidentally f Unlock the vehicle with the remote control The alarm system and passenger compartment monitoring system are switched off automatically when the doors are unlocked Cabriolet Targa The passenger compartment monitoring system is always switched off when the convertible top or sliding glass roof Targa is open Function indication If the alarm system is activated light emitting diode A in the central locking switch flashes
90. Navigation When put into operation for the first time a distance of approx 30 miles 50 km must be driven in order for the navigation system to complete the process of fine calibration The same applies when the tires are changed e g summer snow tires or new tires fitted Full location accuracy is not yet achieved during the fine calibration process If the vehicle has been transported e g ferry car train the system may take a few minutes to deter mine the current location after it has been Switched on Serious tire slip e g spinning wheels on snow may result in temporarily inaccurate navigation When the battery has been disconnected it may take up to 15 minutes before the navigation system is operational again Car Audio Qperation Tips For radio operation see your radio manual which is included with your on board litera ture f Please see the chapter LOAD SWITCH OFF AF TER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS on Page 258 FM reception A vehicle is not an ideal place to listen to a radio Because the vehicle moves reception conditions are constantly changing Buildings terrain signal distance and noise from other vehicles are all working against good recep tion Some conditions affecting FM may appear to be problems when they are not The following characteristics are completely nor mal for a given reception area and they do not in dicate any problem with the radio itself Note Electronic accessori
91. New lap with the operating lever and push the operating lever forwards H 7 541 45 Se LHRUND 3 Lap 00 00 42 214 The new lap is displayed on the onboard compu ter and the PCM Timing on the onboard computer and on the PCM begins from zero The stopwatch in the instrument panel continues to show the total time Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 141 H 2 327 db CHRONO H Stoe Liming rinterm time 00 01 4 f The onboard computer display returns to the Stop timing Intermediate time selection after a short period f Youcan stop the stopwatch or measure anoth er intermediate time or a new lap AUDIO Switching on selection field D f Push operating lever forward Selecting a radio station f f f f 142 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings Select AUDIO with the operating lever Push operating lever forward Select the desired station Push the operating lever up or down 3 505 RBJ 304 0 mern HROND Havigation AUDIO NAM Switching on selection field D f Push operating lever forward Select destination f Select NAM with the operating lever f Push operating lever forward f Select the desired function with the operating lever Last destinations Destination memory Route guidance Tire Pressure Monitoring f Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES FOR COLD TIRES 68 F 20 C on Page 28
92. Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURE PLA TE on Page 285 f Never exceed the number of passengers shown on the tire pressure plate in the vehicle ETET Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity r S geg 1 070 Ib 30 Ib Luggage Available cargo and luggage N AN A oad capacity N nN A 30 Ib x 4 120 Ib Determining the combined weight of occupants and cargo f Add the weight of all occupants and then add the total luggage weight figure Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX pounds on your vehicle s placard depending on the date of manufacture 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehi cle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX pounds The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available car go and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Practical Tips Emergency Service 24 Ra 159
93. Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES FOR COLD TIRES 68 F 20 C on Page 289 4 Remove the pressure gage f Please see the chapter TPM TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING on Page 143 Flat Tire l Warning Failure to followthese instructions may result in serious personal injury to you or to by standers f Ifyou hawe a flat tire move a safe distance off the road Turn the emergency flasher on and use other warning devices to alert other motor ists Set the parking brake f Do not park your vehicle where it may contact dry grass brush or other flammable materials The hot parts of the exhaust system could set such materials on fire thereby causing both property damage and serious personal injury or death A tire sealant and compressor with pressure tester are located in the luggage compartment f Please observe the safety and operating in structions on the special sealant bottle with a special Porsche part number and on the com pressor these are essential Important note Sealing the tire with the tire repair kit is only an emergency repair Even wth the tre air tight it may be used only for short journeys in an emergency The maximum permitted speed is 50 mph 80 kny h f Do not use commercially available sealant or tire inflating bottles Use only the tire sealant located in the luggage compartmert H Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death f Have tires repl
94. Push operating lever forward Reset f Select the desired function with the operating Reset all lever Reset average consumption Reset average speed Reset trip counter Units Speedometer km knyh miles moh Consumption 1 100 km mls gal USA mpg UK km Temperature Celsius Fahrenheit Tire pressure bar psi Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 155 Display Select central line of the on board Computer Change display Audio information set radio station Range on remaining fuel Empty Telephone Info When Telephone information is active incom ing telephone calls are displayed on the on board computer Ha 52 5 0 mpri gail Navi OO OOOO A t Basic Setting S WETIVEIE j Navigation Integrated in the BC Navigation instructions can be recalled on the onboard computer display When turning off Navigation instructions are only shown before Changing direction Basic setting Restore the basic setting of the onboard com puter Language Select language version 156 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings EEJ MFF 12 24h mode Select time mode 12h small squares onthe right side of the time display for AM PM 24h Light USA only Switch daytime driving lights on and off 1 Daytime driving lights daytime driving lights switched off m Daytime driving lights daytime driving lights switched on General information regarding t
95. T LEVEL on Page 207 Note To prevent excessive temperatures the cooling air passages must not be restricted by coverings e g films Stone guards 120 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings If the coolant level is too low the warning light flashes Additionally a warning is displayed in the onboard computer f Switch engine off and allow to cool f Add coolant after the engine has cooled to the touch f Have the cause of the fault remedied at an au thorized Porsche dealer Please see the chapter COOLANT LEVEL on Page 207 l Caution Risk of engine damage f If the warning lights come on even though cool ant level is correct do not continue driving f Have the fault remedied at the nearest authorized Porsche dealer Engine corrpartment blower fan In addition this warning light flashes to indicate a fault in the engine compartment blower fan f Have the cause of the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Porsche Doppe kupplung PDK f Indicator for PDK selector lever position and engaged gear When the engine is running the selector lever position and the engaged forward gear are indicated in gates D or M Warning messages If the selector lever is between two positions Effects The corresponding selector lever position flashes on the instrument cluster and the warning Selector lever not engaged appears on the onboard computer Remedy Operate the
96. Therefore buying the correct octane gas iS important to prevent engine damage The RON octane rating is based on the research method The CLC U S Cost of Living Council oc tane rating or AKI antiknock index octane rating usually displayed on U S fuel pumps is calculated as research octane number plus motor octane number divided by 2 that is written as RON MON or HOM 2 2 The CLC or AKI octane rating is usually lower than the RON rating For example 95 RON equals 90 CLC or AKI Fuels containing ethanol Do not use any fuels containing more than 10 per cent ethanol by volume Ve recommend however to change to a different fuel or station if any of the following problems oc cur with your vehicle Deterioration of driveability and performance Substantially reduced fuel economy Vapor lock and nonstart problems especially at high altitude or at high temperature Engine malfunction or stalling Portable Fuel Containers H Danger Portable fuel containers full or partially empty may leak causing an explosion or re sult in fire in case of an accident f Never carry additional fuel in portable contain ers in your vehicle Fuel Evaporation Control Fuel tank venting The evaporation chamber and the carbon canister prevent fuel from escaping to the atmosphere at extreme high outside temperatures when driving abruptly around curves and when the car is parked at an incline or in any othe
97. USA only The daytime driving lights can be deactivated in the onboard computer f Please see the chapter ON BOARD COMPUTER BC on Page 126 Vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus Further individual light functions e g daytime driv ing lights are available in vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus f Please observe the chapter Individual Memo ry in the separate PCM operating instructions Cornering light The dynamic cornering light is activated above speeds of 6 mph 10 kr bi Welcome Horre Lighting Switching on f Move light switch to the HOME position For improved visibility and security when you get in and out of the car the daytime driving lights and the tail lights remain on for a certain period of time When you get out of the car the lights are turned on for approx 30 seconds after the door is opened The off delay time resumes when the vehicle is locked On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus the PCM can be used to set the off delay time This setting also changes the lighting period for unlocking the vehicle Please observe the chapter Individual Memory in the separate PCM operating instructions The lights are turned on for approx 30 seconds when the vehicle is unlocked The lights go out if the ignition is switched on or when leaving the Welcome Home lighting Autorratic Headlight Beam Adjustment Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlights feature dynamic h
98. When emergency repairs become necessary move the vehicle well off the road Turn on the emergency flasher and use other warning de vices to alert other motorists Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot ex haust system may corre in contact with dry grass brush fuel spill or other flammable ma terial Make it a habit to have the engine oil checked with every refueling Before driving off 9 Break in hints for the first 2 000 miles 3 000 kilometers The following tips will be helpful in obtaining opti mum performance from your new Porsche Despite the most modern high precision manufac turing methods the moving parts must still wear in with each other This wearingn occurs mainly in the first 2 000 miles 3 000 kilometers Therefore f Preferably take longer trips f Avoid frequent cold starts with short distance driving whenever possible f Avoid full throttle starts and abrupt stops f Do not exceed maximum engine speed of 4 200 rpm revolutions per minute f Do not run a cold engine at high rom either in Neutral or in gear f Do not let the engine labor especially when driving uphill Shift to the next lower gear in time use the most favorable rpm range f Never lug the engine in high gear at low speeds This rule applies at all times not just during the break in period LO Before driving Off f Do not participate in motor racing events sports driving schools etc during t
99. a a a 78 120 ContainerS 2 cece cece cee e ee eeeeeeeeeneeeneeas 5 217 ACYUStING oo eeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 278 279 Blowenrfah E 120 Economy tie ise sede eee ase eee oe ee ee ew E 214 Beam adjustment Ts a ae REE AO E 81 BS g nee Cee rere eer ere ae eee ee 227 Evaporation Corgrol 217 Cleaning swetem inaid 83 220 Re Puce ere rere her er reer E een eee 93 94 SH Lid rei hak 93 Fuels containing eier 217 Eeer 82 id warni ele GE e E Level GAGE EE 122 Heated rear WiINdOW cceescssesceteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 29 Engine oil Ee i Cha 210 Level warning light EE 122 Heated rear window Door mirror heating on 110 EE HeComrerdoton 6 sseeeeeeeeeeens 216 217 teeter eeeeseeessssssesesscecencccnccneeneeeeeeeeeeees 106 CONSUMPHON 1 00 cece cece cece eee eee enee enna 10 Reco E EE E EI AE 216 ga Peai Performance EE 211 i Tank aa stay eheliouete tyatelatarey ata ate erate lace ev atereleseystetene erstete ze E ET 216 Indicator light A ae EE LEE 119 Recommendation 2 2 cccc ccciniceicccoiecenscees 210 FUNCTION KEYS EE 39 EE 80 Topping off SCENE 209 Fuses replacing Pereira eee ee re ema ee rea ren 259 Hi hypressure cleani units 224 NISGOSILY ee 211 9 Oe S e alng Enn ge 81 Index 303 monis Bel EE 103 EE 93 94 PRON ee eee net teehee eee ee eee ee cee 12 19 21 Hot exhaust pipes Foe ee des 5 l ele Leien KEY ea near Renn ree eee ere ae ee eM nn oe 74 Emergency OoDera tion 76 e Le lee Deeg K 74 Withdrawing ign
100. a shift program designed for driving on race circuits 7th gear is not selected The gear changing performance is enhanced significantly again compared with Sport mode f Please see the chapter SPORT MODE SPORT AND SPORT PLUS MODES on Page 172 f Press SPORT PLUS button B in the center console When Sport mode is switched on the light emitting diode in the SPORT PLUS button is lit When mode Sport is switched on the logo SPORT appears next to the digital speedometer 0 mgh When mode Sport Plus is switched on the logo SPORT PLUS appears next to the digital speedometer Operation Safety 65 Porsche Stability Management PSM PSM is an active control system for stabilization of the vehicle approaching the performance limits of driving maneuvers l Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death The increased control that is provided should not induce you to take greater risks with your safety The limits dictated by the laws of physics cannot be overcome even with PSM The risk of accidents due to inappropriate speed cannot be reduced even by PSM The driver bears the responsibility for all driving maneuvers f Adapt your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions f Obey all traffic laws Sensors at the wheels brakes steering system and engine continuously measure Speed Direction of travel steering angle
101. ability when their tread depth falls below 5 32 in 4 mm Snow chains l Caution Risk of damage to body axle or brake com ponents f Fit snow chains only to the rear wheels and only with the tire rim combination listed in the Technical Data To ensure adequate clearance between chain and body Porsche recommends only the use of finetink chains such as those approved by Porsche f Follow instructions issued by the supplier of the chains Different states and countries have varying statu tory requirements regarding maximum speed Check with local authorities for possible restric tions f Remove chains as soon as the roads are free of ice and snow 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S Fitting snow chains The use of snow chains is not permitted when 5 mm spacers are mounted l Caution Risk of damage to the wheel housings if the 5 mm spacers are not removed before fitting snow chains f To permit the fitting of snow chains have the 5 mm spacers removed on all 4 wheels f To fit remove the spacers Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer f Please see the chapter SPACERS 911 CARRERA 911 CARRERA S on Page 255 Tire designations Due to new speed and load ratings for radial tires new designations have come into force for snow tires for your Porsche The designation to be used for ZR tires is e g 265 40 ZR 18 Z code letter for radial tires for speeds above 150 mph 240 kr bi Practical Tip
102. ace if necessary Combination Filter The fresh air passing through the combination fil ter into the passenger compartment is virtually free of dust pollen and unpleasant odors f Ifthe outside air is polluted by exhaust fumes press the circulating air button A dirty filter can be the cause of reduced air flow f Have filter replaced by your authorized Porsche dealer Regular filter replacement is part of the routine maintenance service 222 Maintenance Car Care Fluids Ols for Manual Transmission and Porsche Doppe kupplung PDK The transmission fluids oils have to be checked and changed at the intervals listed in your Mainte nance Schedule f Please see the chapter CAPACITIES on Page 290 Do not tow the car or run the engine without fluid oil in the transmission The transmission may be damaged by evena tiny speck of dirt only a clean funnel or spout must be used when adding fluid oil We recommend that you have the fluids oils changed at your Porsche dealer who has the re quired lubricants and the necessary filling equip ment f If you suspect an oil leak in the transmission have your authorized Porsche dealer check it out immediately Viper Blades Wiper blades that are in perfect condition are vital for a clear view f Replace the wiper blades twice per year be fore and after the cold season or whenever wiper performance deteriorates l Caution Risk of damage if the wiper
103. aced by a specialist workshop as soon as possible f Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering speeds Practical Tips Emergency Service 2 5 1 A Filler bottle B Filler hose Tire sealant The tire sealant can be used to seal small cuts especially in the tire tread Sealing the tire with the tire sealant is only an emergency repair So you can drive to the next workshop Even with the tire air tight it may be used only for short journeys in an emergency 252 Practical Tips Emergency Service ERT 10 The tire sealant and a compressor with pressure tester can be found in the luggage compartment The tire sealant comprises A filler bottle A sticker denoting the maximum permissible speed for the driver s field of vision A filler hose A Valve turner and A spare valve insert l Danger Risk of accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death f Use the tire sealant only in the case of cuts or punctures no larger than 0 15 in 4 mm f Never use the tire sealant if the rim is dam aged T Warning The sealant is highly flammable and harmful to health f Fire naked flame and smoking are prohibited when handling tire sealant f Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing due to caustic chemical properties of the tire sealant f Keep tire sealant away from children f Do not inhale vapors due to consequent harm to personal health resulting in serious personal in
104. aint systems facing forwards Install on the rear seats f Child restraint systems facing rearwards On vehicles with key operated airbag deactiva tion device Switch to position OFF f Child restraint systems facing rearwards On vehicles without key operated airbag deac tivation device Do not use a child restraint sys tem in the front passenger s seat f Have the fault remedied at your nearest author ized Porsche dealer Operation Safety 47 Note The key switch for switching off the passenger s airbag in combination with the LATCH attachment bracket are not installed at the factory They can be retrofitted f Please see your authorized Porsche dealer e Faults are indicated by a warning light in the instru ment panel and a message on the onboard com puter Warning light and warning message f Please see the chapter WARNINGS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 158 f In the following cases you should immedi ately consult an authorized Porsche dealer in order to assure the airbag sys tem is functioning properly If the warning light does not light up when the ignition key is inserted or If the warning light does not go out once the engine is running or If the warning light appears while driving 48 Operation Safety Airbag maintenance In order to ensure longterm functioning the air bag system must be inspected by an authorized Porsche dealer at the int
105. alancing wheels on the vehicle During finish balancing of the wheels the vehicle must be hoisted and all the wheels able to rotate freely Towing f Please see the chapter TOWING on Page 280 Wheels Tires The PTM control unit is adapted to the approved tire sizes The use of nonapproved tire sizes may lead to deviations in wheel speeds and it may influ ence handling or result in the PTM switching off Operation Safety 63 Sport Mode Asportier car set up is obtained when Sport mode is switched on Interventions by the Porsche control systems are intentionally shifted towards greater agility and driving performance PASM Porsche Active Suspension Manage ment is automatically changed to Sport mode resulting in a stiffer suspension setup When Sport mode is active the PDK transmis sion switches to a sporty gear changing map and shortens the gear shifting times Gear changes take place faster but fuel consump tion is also increased PSM Porsche Stability Management control gives a sportier road feel to the vehicle PSM interventions take place later than in Normal mode The driver can maneuver the vehicle with greater agility at its performance limits without having to dispense with the assistance of PSM in emergency situations This helps to achieve optimal lap times particularly on race circuits with a dry road surface The electronic accelerator pedal reacts sooner and the engine is more respon
106. andles are in position A open Open the lock if necessary To do this push the locking handles inward as far as they will go and swivel to the side arrow Mobile Roofs 191 6 Insert fastening tabs C of the windstop into the guides of the safety belts Make sure that the plastic peg E engages in the center guide of the windstop 192 Mobile Roofs 7 Push red locking handles inward and swivel downward Spring force pushes the square pins of the locks into the receivers D in the side trim pan els Check whether the square pins are correctly engaged ABT 8 Lift upper section of windstop if required DOT CVCE NNN WANN y WAN 51 1273 i DR l f Y t MAANA A A h h A AA Nd l d NN APEC LALAELA AAA oul A A Lock open B Lock closed Removing the windstop 1 Fold back upper section of windstop 2 Move both red locking handles to position A open 3 Pull windstop out of the guides of the safety belts Fold the windstop together so that the split windstop lower section is on the outside Place windstop in the protective bag in the lug gage compartment and seal the zipper of the protective bag Please see the chapter INSTALLING THE VANDSTOP on Page 190 Mobile Roofs 193 Hardtop Your authorized Porsche dealer will be glad to give advice about correct hardtop storage Since the convertible top stays open for a long time it must be absolutely dry and clean befor
107. angle Exercise care when parking along curbs Vee alignment whee balancing As a precaution have wheels with summer tires balanced in the spring and those with mud and snow tires before winter Unbalanced wheels may affect car handling and tire life Only the specified weights may be used for wheel balancing Self adhesive weights must not come into contact with cleaning agents since they could drop off Uneven tread wear indicates wheel imbalance In this event the vehicle should be checked at an au thorized Porsche dealer H Warning If during a trip uneven running or vibrations occur that could be caused by damage to tires or the car the speed must be reduced immediately but without braking sharply If you continue your trip without having the cause of the fault remedied you might lose control of your vehicle which could cause se rious personal injury or death f Stop the vehicle and check the tires f If no cause for the fault can be found drive carefully to the nearest authorized Porsche dealer Wheels with Tire Pressure Monitoring TPM sensors Before changing wheels make sure that the Wheels are compatible with your vehicle s TPM f Check this with your authorized Porsche dealer Remowuing and storing tires f After changing adjust tire pressure and torque wheel bolts diagonally to 94 ftlb 130 Nm Tires must always remain on the same side of the vehicle When wheels are removed the di
108. ap F Turn Allen key counterclockwise in direction of arrow until the side flap F is fully open percep tible stop Repeat procedure with the right side flap Remove the Allen key Warning The Allen key can rotate or fly out and there by cause serious personal injury if the con vertible top is actuated f Always remove the Allen key B from the drive axle of the side flap before operating the con vertible top When you have opened the side flaps try to close the convertible top using the switch If the convertible top cannot be closed contin ue with emergency operation Mobile Roofs 185 RBT 107 2 Get behind the front seats and grasp the con 3 Close the convertible top until it reaches its Closing convertible top vertible top in the middle highest position 1 Insert Allen key B through hole G and into the hydraulic valve Turn Allen key B counterclockwise by approx 1 revolution Always remove Allen key B 186 Mobile Roofs The convertible top lock with the locking hook is dee toplockwhen Tr Pl the plastic IO down on the front comers EE te ronehand side ofthe vehicle Push the lid carefully to the rear and take it off 3 Insert the Allen key K into the opening L and turn in the direction of arrow open until marked resistance can be felt The locking hook H is now extended Extending the locking hook ti 2 Take the Allen key K out of the oddments tray between the front seat
109. apacity Weight Load Limit is the maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum weight of passengers and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle This informa tion can be found on the tire pressure plate The maximum loaded vehicle weight is the sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle ca pacity weight and production options weight The load rating is the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure The maximum load rating is the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissble inflation pres sure The cargo Capacity is the permissible weight of cargo the substracted weight of passengers from the load limit f Never exceed the permissible limits l Danger Risk of loss of control damage to the vehicle and serious personal injury or death f Never exceed the specified axle loads Overloading can shorten the service life of the tires and car as well as lead to dangerous vehicle reactions and long braking distances Damage due to overloading is not covered by the vehicle warranty Occupants Load limit 1 400 ib cb 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib Occupants Load limit 1 400 ib 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib Example for determining the combined weight of occupants and cargo Vehicle Load Capacity f The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed the weight shown on the tire plate in the vehicle
110. arm accidentally falls back on to the window f Aways hold the wiper arm securely when re placing the wiper blade Risk of damage if wiper blades that are fro zen in place are loosened improperly f Thaw the wiper blades before loosening them Maintenance note f Periodically clean the wiper blades with win dow cleaner especially after the vehicle has been washed in a car wash We recommend the Porsche window cleaner If they are very dirty e g with insect remains they can be cleaned with a sponge or cloth If the wiper blades rub or squeak this can be as a result of the following If the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash wax residues may adhere to the wind Shield These wax residues can be removed only by using window cleaner concentrate The wiper blades may be damaged or worn f Replace damaged or worn wiper blades as soon as possible f Please see the chapter WASHER FLUID on Page 220 f Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer for further information Changing windshield wiper blades f Please read the separate instructions for fitting wiper blades as supplied by the manufacturer f Werecommend that you get your authorized Porsche dealer to replace the wiper blades l Caution Risk of damage If the wiper blades are not changed properly they can come loose when the Car is moving f Check that the wiper blades are seated securely The wiper blades must engage properly
111. arning The seat may move unexpectedly if you attempt to adjust while driving This could cause sudden loss of control resulting in se rious personal injury or death f Do not adjust seats while the vehicle is in mo tion The backrest locks must be engaged at all times while the vehicle is in motion Safety belts only offer protection when the backrest is upright and the belts are properly positioned on the body Improperly positioned safety belts or safety belts worn by passengers in an excessively reclined position can cause serious personal injury or death in an accident f Do not operate the car with the driver or passenger backrests excessively reclined see Seat position Risk of injury if persons or animals are in the movement range of the seat during seat adjustment f Adjust the seat so that no one is put at risk 30 Operation Safety l Caution Risk of damage to windshield sun visor windstop etc when the seat is adjusted or folded back or forward f Adjust the seat so that the seat backrest is not in contact with any other object The driver and front passenger seats provide integrated head restraints in the backrests The head restraints are not adjustable The rear seats do not provide head restraints l Warning All occupants including the driver should not operate a vehicle or sit in a vehicle s seat until the head restraints and backrests respectively are placed in their proper
112. around 5 H Danger Risk of accident Assistance by the Drive Off Assistant is not guaranteed when moving off on a slippery surface e g on icy or loose surfaces In this case the vehicle could slip The limits dictated by the laws of physics Cannot be overcome even wth the Drive Off Assistant The responsibility for moving off on upward slopes is still the driver s despite the Drive Off Assistant f Always adjust your driving style to the driving conditions and vehicle load use the brake pedal if necessary Risk of accident If the Drive Off Assistant is not functioning the driver cannot be assisted when moving off on hills f Hold the vehicle with the brake pedal Driving off with the Drive Off Assistant vehicles wth manual transmission 1 6 Hold the vehicle securely on the slope with the brake pedal The engine must be running Fully depress the clutch pedal Engage a gear corresponding to the direction of travel up the slope 1st gear or reverse gear Fully release the parking brake While keeping the clutch pedal depressed release the brake pedal The vehicle is held onthe slope for a short time in order to allow driving off directly after the brake is released Move off as usual Note on operation The Drive Off Assistant is not active If the clutch is not depressed If the vehicle is not stationary If the engine is not running On gradients of less than 5 If the pressure
113. at higher engine speeds Sport Plus mode activated In Sport Plus mode the PDK transmission changes to a shift program designed for driving on race circuits 7th gear is not selected The gear changing performance is enhanced significantly again compared with Sport mode f Please see the chapter SPORT MODE on Page 64 Driving with Launch Control Driving with Launch Control allows you to achieve maximum acceleration from a standing start It is intended to provide you with a unique enjoyment of your vehicle under controlled circumstances and is not intended to be used in any location where it could be a nuisance to other persons H Warning There is a risk of endangering other road users if you use this Control in an improper location or in a situation where other persons might need to take evasive action due to the rapid acceleration that this technology permits f Launch Control is designed to be used in a controlled environment on closed circuit driving courses where no vehicle cross traffic or pedestrian traffic is present f Use Launch Control only if conditions permit it to be applied in a safe manner f Do not use Launch Control if there is a possibi lity it could endanger other persons Sucha possibility exists if you cannot see that you have a clear road with no possibility of cross traffic in your intended direction of driving l Caution Stress on components increases dramatically
114. atch displays in the instrument panel Stop timing Intermediate time se Sonor You and the onboard computer are reset to zero can stop the stopwatch or measure an inter F Pee f Select Reset with the operating lever mediate time Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 139 HS 1 153 H 2 327 CHRONO A i Finterm time A Lap After timing has been started the onboard com f Select Intermediate time with the operating B Intermediate time puter display changes to the Stop timing Inter lever and push the operating lever forwards mediate time selection Displaying inte liate ti The intermediate time will be displayed for approx 5 seconds Several intermediate times can be displayed for a route or for a lap on the race circuit The interme diate times B are for your information Measured lap times A can be stored and evaluat ed if the vehicle is equipped with Porsche Commu nication Management PCM 140 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings He2 516 H 2 327 4 woh CHRONO Stoo Liming Hintern time 00 01 414 The onboard computer display then returns to the Stop timing Intermediate time selection f Youcan stop the stopwatch or measure anoth er intermediate time HMag 516 d KL CHRONO 2 Interm time U1 51 i In order to start timing a new lap The New lap selection appears for 5 seconds after selection of Intermediate time f Select
115. atic or multi path area interrupts the original signal some times the stronger second signal will be selected automatically until the original one returns This swapping can also occur as you drive away from the selected station and approach another station of a stronger signal Compact disc player COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO l Caution To avoid damage to compact disc player and discs f Use only compact discs labeled as shown hav ing no dirt damage or warpage f Never attempt to disassemble or oil any part of the player unit Do not insert any object other than a disc into the slot Remember there are no user serviceable parts inside the compact disc player f Do not allow the disc to sustain any finger prints scrapes or stickers on the surfaces This may cause poor sound quality Hold the disc only on the edge or center hole When notin use take the disc out of the player put the disc back into its case and store it away from dust heat damp and direct sunlight Leaving the disc on the dashboard in the sun can damage the disc If the disc gets dirty clean the disc by wiping the surfaces from the center to the outside in a radial direction with a soft cloth Do not use a conventional record cleaner or anti static record preservative Disc cleaners are available in audio stores Operation Safety 99 ra 87 Antenna f Always unscrew the external antenna before using an automatic car wash On th
116. bands when the tire tread depth is down to 1 16 of anin 1 6 mm When the indicators appear in two or more adja cent grooves it is time to replace the tires We recommend however that you do not let the tires wear down to this extent Worn tires cannot grip the road surface properly and are even less effective on wet roads Snow tires lose their traction capability when their tread depth falls below 5 32 in 4 mm In the United States state laws may govern the minimum tread depth permissible Follow all such laws H Danger Driving on worn tires can result in loss of con trol of the vehicle and could cause serious personal injuries or death f Do not drive with worn tires or tires showing cuts or bruises as they may lead to sudden deflation and loss of control which could cause severe personal injury f Specialized high performance tires on high performance sports cars exhibit more wear than those on a family sedan or even a high performance sedan Therefore it is important to check your tire pressure and condition at least every two weeks If you notice that tires are wearing unevenly con sult your Porsche dealer Uneven wear may not always be due to improper Wheel alignment It can be the result of individual driving habits such as cornering at high speeds If the tire pressure is not checked and adjusted regularly abnormal tire wear can also occur Tire care gt ch bh bh bh bh Avoid damaging ti
117. brake Check all warning and indicator lights with ignition on and engine not running Start engine and check all warning displays for warning symbols Never leave an idling car unattended Lock doors from inside especially with chil dren in the car to prevent inadvertent opening of doors from inside or outside Drive with doors locked On the road f Never drive after you have consumed alcohol or drugs Always have your safety belt fastened Always drive defensively Expect the unexpected Use signals to indicate turns and lane changes Turn on headlights at dusk or when the driving conditions warrant it Always keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you depending on traffic road and weather conditions Reduce speed at night and during inclement weather Driving in wet weather requires caution and re duced speeds particularly on roads with standing water as the handling characteristics of the vehicle may be impaired due to hydro planing of the tires Always observe speed limits and obey road signs and traffic laws When tired get well off the road stop and take a rest Turn the engine off Do not sit in the ve hicle with engine idling Please see the chapter ENGINE EXHAUST on Page 5 When parked always set the parking brake Move the PDK selector lever to P or the gear shift lever to reverse or first gear On hills also turn the front wheels toward the curb
118. can be Changed in PCM f Please observe the chapter Individual Memory in the separate PCM operating instructions Operation Safety 7 1 Parking Aids Parking assistant When the driver backs up the parking assistant system indicates the distance between the car and a large obstacle behind it by means of signal tones T Warning Risk of serious personal injury or death Parking assistant cannot detect small ob jects such as children and pets Despite use of the parking assistant system the driver is still responsible for taking due Care and assessing obstacles when backing up f Make sure that no persons especially small children animals or obstacles are within the maneuvering area The parking assistant system is activated auto matically when reverse gear is selected and the ig nition is on Note Be aware that the parking assistant system is not switched on if the car rolls backward without reverse gear being engaged 12 Operation Safety Ultrasound sensors Sensors Four ultrasound sensors in the rear bumper meas ure the distance to the closest obstacle Range middle sensors around 60 in 150 cm Range outer sensors around 24 in 60 cm Obstacles cannot be detected in the blind sen sor area e g near the ground Note The sensors must always be kept free of dirt ice and snow in order to ensure that they are fully functional IN Caution To avoid damaging the sensor
119. can be seen from the outside The vehicle identification number is in the luggage compartment under the battery cover and at the bottom left behind the windshield Removing the battery cover f Please see the chapter BATTERY on Page 261 Safety compliance sticker The safety compliance sticker is your assurance that your new Porsche complies with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards which were in effect at the time the vehicle was manufac tured f The sticker also shows the month and year of production and the vehicle identification number of your car perforations as well as the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating DRI LRS Tire pressure plate Engine nun ber The tire pressure plate is attached to the left hand The engine number is stamped on the underside door aperture of the crankcase Vehicle Identification Technical Data 285 Technical Data Engine data Type Number of cylinders Bore Stroke Cubic capacity Net horsepower at crankshaft speed Net torque at crankshaft speed Engine oil consumption 2 860 Technical Data 911 Carrera 911 Carrera 4 911 Targa 4 MA 102 Horizontally opposed engine liquid cooled 6 3 82 in 97 mm 3 21 in 81 5 mm 220 5 cu in 3614 cm 345 hp 254 kW 6500 rpm 288 ft Ib 390 Nm 4400 rpm up to 1 5 liters 1000 km 1 6 quarts 622 miles 911 Carrera S 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4S MA 101 Horizontally op
120. cause harm to the occupants if the airbag system should de ploy Do not use protective seat covers Do not modify the seat coverings Do not at tach additional cushions protective coverings or pillows to the passenger s seat Do not affix things to the passenger s seat or cover it with other materials Do not cover the back of the backrest Do not make changes to the passen ger s seat and to the seat base frame Do not undertake any wiring for electrical ac cessory equipment in the vicinity of the airbag wiring harnesses Doing so may disable the air bag system or cause inadvertent inflation If the warning light comes on the airbag sys tem should be repaired immediately by your authorized Porsche dealer Always keep feet in the footwell while driving Do not put feet on the dashboard or the seat area Do not lean against the inside of the door or outside the window while the vehicle is mov ing f Using accessories not approved by Porsche can cause the weight sensing system to be im paired f Do not squeeze objects such as the fire extin guisher or first aid kit under the seat f Only have seats removed and installed by an authorized Porsche dealer so that weight sens ing components will not be damaged f Give your passenger all of the information in this chapter Note Airbag components e g steering wheel door lin ing seats may be disassembled only by an autho rized Porsche dealer When disposing
121. ccident resulting in serious per A Filler bottle 13 Connect the compressor to the cigarette light sonal injury or death B Filler hose er and inflate the tire to the prescribed tire C Plug of the filler hose pressure f Have the tire replaced by an authorized is eee Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES FOR Porsche dealer immediately F Tire valve COLD TIRES 68 F 20 C on Page 289 f Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering 14 Screw valve cap onto the tire valve speeds Inserting sealant l l 15 Check the tire pressure after driving for around f Do not exceed maximum speed of 50 mph 1 Leave the object that caused the puncture in 10 rvinutes 80 kr h the tire If the tire pressure is less than 22 psi 1 5 bar f do not continue driving If a value of more than 22 psi 1 5 bar is indi cated correct the pressure to the prescribed value Please always observe the safety and opera ting instructions which can be found in the separate operating instructions for the sealant and on the compressor 2 Remove sealant and the enclosed sticker from the luggage compartment 3 Adhere the sticker in the driver s field of vision 4 Shake filler bottle A Practical Tips Emergency Service 253 Platform lift Before the car is driven on to a lifting platform it must be ensured that there is enough space be tween the lifting platform and the vehicle Garage lift A garage lift must be used only at the
122. cer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to Cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm Hot Exhaust Pipes H Warning Risk of burn injury when standing near or coming into contact with the exhaust pipe The exhaust pipe is hot when the vehicle is running and remains hot for some time after the vehicle is turned off f To prevent injury make a point of noting where your vehicle s exhaust pipe is avoid placing your legs near the exhaust pipe and closely supervise children around the vehicle when the exhaust pipe could be hot A hot exhaust pipe can cause serious burns Table of Contents GEET 4 LATCH System Storage in the Passenger Compartment 91 Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake PCCB 4 Child seat bracket on the passenger s seat 54 Luggage Compartment Lid and Setting and operating vehicle components Child Restraint Anchorages cceeceseeeeeneeees 55 Engine Compartment L A 93 WETE A ooh eee etna is cea tio tele ear 5 Rollover Protection Gveterm ee 56 Luggage Compartment Vehicles without Ground Clearamce eee eeeeeeeeneeeneeeaees 5 Sports Exhaust Gesten 57 Porsche Traction Management PTM 95 Before driving Ee E s Parking Brake ic ccteescccsecsee sete suree tances eeuenerened 57 Luggage Compartment Vehicles with Break
123. contact f Before working on any part in the engine compartment turn the engine off and let it cool down sufficiently Operation Safety ZO a a i S Light Switch 34 Lights switched off Daytime driving lights are switched on when the engine is running HOME Welcome Home Function Daytime driving lights are switched on when the engine is running Dd Parking lights side marker lights license plate light instrument illumina tion daytime driving lights switched off SO Operation Safety EI ZD Low beam high beam Only with ignition on daytime driving lights switched off Rear fog light Pull switch to second click Indicator light on Warning chime If the ignition key is withdrawn and the door is opened while the lights not the parking light or Welcome Hore lighting are on a chime warns of possible battery discharge In some countries differences are possible due to provisions of law Daytime driving lights The daytime driving lights are integrated in the front auxiliary headlights These lights are switched on only when the engine is running and with the light switch in the positions OFF or HOME Low beam headlights must be switched on when driving through tunnels or at dusk for example Operation of the daytime driving lights may vary depending on country specific regulations Canada only In addition to the auxiliary headlights the parking lights are switched on
124. d The other wheels are still monitored Consult an authorized Porsche dealer The Tire Pressure Monitoring is temporarily de activated by excessive tire temperatures ap prox 248 F 120 C or external interference e g from other wheel transmitters inside the car Once the source of the interference is re moved the system is automatically reactivated Update the settings in the TPM menu of the onboard computer at the next opportunity Wrong entries will affect the correct pressure in formation in the menu The safety of your vehi cle is at risk Warnings 165 Instrument On board Text display on on board Meaning measure panel computer Computer The display of the Tire Pressure Monitoring is i A 1 TPM LU Indicator faulty faulty Consult an authorized Porsche dealer Acknowledging warning messages Warning messages can be deleted from the onboard computer display f Push the onboard computer operating lever forward You can recall erased warning messages in the INFO menu 166 Warnings Shifting Gears Manual Transmission OCh ch 168 Drive Off Assistant 2 cc cece eeeeee eee eeeeeee eens 169 Porsche Doppelkupplung DUDK 170 Shifting Gears 16 7 ki 205 Manual Transmission Outch The positions of the gears are shown on the shift diagram on the gearshift lever DN Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious person al injury or death f Donot obstruct the pedal travel
125. d audibly engage 3 Insert the rubber plug into the unlocking opening and secure the carpet Check the function of all lights z o l 3 Place socket wrench tool kit on the unlocking Low beam high beamand additional high spindle a The handle of the wrench should point horizon tally to the rear Opening the lid of the headlight housing 4 Turn socket wrench approx 180 A The 1 Unscrew the 4 screws A headlight is unlocked and pushed forward 2 First lift release tab B then push both release slightly during this process tabs C upwards and take off lid 5 Turn socket wrench back until it is pointing vertically downward B and leave in position 6 The headlight is now unlocked and can be pulled forward out of the fender Practical Tips Emergency Service 2 7 1 Changing bulb for low beam and high beam 2 Disengage both fixing loops A without cornering light 3 Replace defective bulb B 1 Turn the plug counter clockwise bayonet lock When doing so ensure bulb is seated properly nd pull it off SSES 4 Engage both fixing loops A push on plug and turn right as far as the stop 21 2 Practical Tips Emergency Service Closing lid of headlight housing BBI 203 1 Push on lid until it perceptibly engages 2 Fasten lid with the 4 screws Changing bulb for additional high beam 2 Pull both plug release tabs apart without cornering light Pull plug out of the bulb holder 1 Turn the bulb holder
126. d into the vehicle Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMA TION on Page 246 C Tire size for the front axle Check with your authorized Porsche dealer about the current release status D Recommended tire pressure for the front axle These values are for cold tires 68 F 20 C E Tire size for the rear axle Check with your authorized Porsche dealer about the current release status F Recommended tire pressure for the rear axle These values are for cold tires 68 F 20 C G In vehicles with collapsible spare wheel Size and tire pressure of the spare wheel 238 Practical Tips Emergency Service Tire traction DN Warning When driving on wet or slushy roads a wedge of water may build up between the tires and the road This phenomenon is known as hydroplane and may cause par tial or complete loss of traction vehicle control or stopping ability f Reduce speed on wet surface to prevent this Tire life Tire life depends on various factors i e road surfaces traffic and weather conditions driving habits type of tires and tire care f Inspect your tires for wear and damage before driving off If you notice uneven or substantial wear wheels might need alignment or tires should be balanced or replaced Tire wear The original equipment tires on your Porsche have builtin tire wear indicators They are molded into the bottom of the tread grooves and will appear as approximately 1 2 in 12 mm
127. d on the on board computer when the engine is running on or when driving f Stop immediately in a suitable place f Switch off the engine f Check whether there is an obvious oil leak on or under the car f If no oil leak can be detected With the engine idling measure the oil level with the on board computer f Please see the chapter OIL DISPLAY AND MEASUREMENT OF THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL on Page 153 f Please see the chapter ENGINE OIL LEVEL on Page 208 f Add engine oil if necessary IN Caution Risk of engine damage f Donotcontinue driving if there is an obvious oil leak f Do not continue driving if the warning lights come on even though oil level is correct f Have the fault remedied at the nearest authorized Porsche dealer 124 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings Battery If the battery voltage drops abruptly a warning message will be displayed by the onboard compu ter If the warning is displayed by the on board computer while the engine Is running or while driving f Stop the car in a safe place and stop the engine Possible causes Defect in the battery charging system Broken drive belt DN Warning Risk of engine damage with resultant loss of control and accident leading to serious per sonal injury or death A broken drive belt means there is no power assistance to the steering more effort is re quired to steer and coolant pump function will stop f Do not
128. d opens it slightly do not press the rocker switch again within 10 seconds without checking to make sure that nothing is blocking the path of the window The window will close with full closing force One touch operation is disabled for 10 seconds after blockage of a side window Automatic window lowering f Please see the chapter DOORS on Page 18 f Please see the chapter CONVERTIBLE TOP on Page 181 Storing end position of the windows If the battery is disconnected and reconnected the windows will not be raised automatically when the door is closed 1 Close the windows with the rocker switch once 2 Press the rocker switch upwards againto store the end position of the windows in the control unit Mirrors Inside mirror When the mirror is being adjusted the anti glare lever A must point forward Basic position lever forward Anti glare position lever back Door mirrors Before driving the vehicle adjust the outside and inside mirrors It is important for safe driving that you have clear unobstructed vision to the rear H Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death f Do not put anything on or near the windows or the mirrors that may interfere with the driver s vision Risk of damage to the door mirrors when washing the vehicle in a car wash f Fold indoor mirrors before using the car wash Adjusting door mirrors 1 Switch on ignition
129. d when the respective lid is open f Please see the chapter LOAD SWITCH OFF AF TER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS on Page 258 The luggage compartment lid can also be un locked with the radio remote control f Please see the chapter KEYS on Page 15 Important Note If the vehicle battery is discharged the luggage compartment lid can be opened only by connect ing an external electrical power source f Please see the chapter ELECTRICAL SYS TEM on Page 257 or the description inside the fuse box lid Warning message A warning message in the onboard computer comes on if the lids are not completely closed f Fully close the lid Operation Safety 93 Opening luggage compartment lid l Caution Risk of damage to luggage compartment lid or windshield wipers f Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded out forwards when opening the luggage compartment lid f Raise lid slightly and unlatch the safety catch with the red lever arrow 94 Operation Safety dosing luggage conpartnent lid and engine conpartnent lid f Lower the lid and close it f Push the lid closed with the palm of your hand in the area of the lock Check that the lid has correctly engaged in the lock DN Warning Risk of loss of control or an accident result ing in serious personal injury or death f Should you notice at any time while driving that one of the lids is not secured properly please stop immediately in
130. defect in the steer ing system W Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death When the engine is stopped e g when being towed or the hydraulic system fails there is no assistance for steering Therefore substantially more force will have to be exerted in order to steer f Exercise great care when being towed f Have the fault remedied at your nearest author ized Porsche dealer Checking hydraulic fluid f Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 206 f Only use hydraulic fluid authorized by Porsche Specification Please see the chapter CAPACITIES on Page 290 Check the fluid level with the engine stopped and cold approximately 68 F 20 C 1 Open the engine compartment lid 2 Open the reservoir cap 3 Wipe measuring rod Close cap and reopen The fluid level should lie between the MIN and MAX marks Add hydraulic fluid if necessary 4 Close cap carefully Close engine compartment lid Noticeable loss of fluid indicates leakage in the system The cause should be remedied immediately at an authorized Porsche dealer Maintenance Car Care 22 1 Air Filter A dirty air filter not only reduces engine perform ance but can lead to premature engine wear Regular filter replacement is part of the routine maintenance service f In dusty conditions check the filter element more frequently and repl
131. display in the separate PCM operating instructions Stopwatch on the instrument panel The stopwatch has an analogue and a digital dis play The large pointer of the analogue display meas ures the seconds The two small pointers measure hours and minutes The display re starts at zero af ter 12 hours Seconds and increments of 1 100th of a second can be read on the digital display The digital display and the display in the on board computer can indicate up to 99 hours and 59 minutes The stopwatch can be swivelled both to the left and to the right Stopwatch displays onthe stopwatch on the instrument panel inthe onboard computer menu CHRONO onthe performance display in the PCM Starting stopping stopwatch All stopwatch displays are started and stopped via the onboard computer menu CHRONO 136 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings Note on operation When you leave the CHRONO menu while the stop watch is running measurement will continue The stopwatch stops after the ignition is switched off If the ignition is switched on again within ap prox 4 minutes the stopwatch will continue to run The only way to reset the stopwatch to zero is by selecting Reset in the CHRONO menu NANI OIL Starting the timing f Push operating lever forward The selection field is switched on f Select CHRONO with the operating lever GN H f Push operating lever forward H 2 515
132. door f Pull the ring in the righthand door aperture The filler opening is under the filler flap in the front right fender arrow f With the vehicle unlocked press on the front part of the filler flap arrow to open the flap The filler flap is centrally locked along with the oth er locks Maintenance Car Care 2 15 t1132 Refueling Fuel tank capacity is listed under Capacities Porsche does not recommend the use of fuel ad ditives Fuel is highly flammable and harmful to health f Please see the chapter CAPACITIES on Page 290 2 16 Maintenance Car Care 1 Important Stop the engine and switch off the ignition 2 Slowly unscrew the tank cap Hang the tank cap s plastic strap on the hook on the inside wall of the filler flap 3 Insert fuel hose nozzle fully into the filler neck with the handle of the fuel hose nozzle facing down 4 Do not add further fuel once the correctly op erated automatic fuel nose nozzle has switched off Fuel could spray or could run over in warm temperatures 5 Replace the tank cap immediately after refueling and turn it until you hear it and feel it engage If you lose the tank cap you must replace it only wth an original part to reduce the possibility of a fire in the event of a collision l Caution Risk of damage Decorative film may fade if it comes into contact with fuel f Wipe off any emerging fuel immediately Fuel Reconmmendation
133. e being opened to install the hardtop This prevents damp stains and abrasion damage f Make sure that the hardtop is placed ona clean soft surface 194 Mobile Roofs Removing the hardtop 1 Open all four side windows 2 Pull off plastic cover of the front hardtop lock arrow SS 3 Press red locking button A of the front locking lever Fully open locking lever B 4 Take unlocking handle D from the storage tray between the front seats 5 Position unlocking handle D on the dot mark ing Carefully remove the plastic covers C on both sides of the hardtop RAT IZA Insert unlocking handle D into one of the rear hardtop locks Unscrew the fastening screw approx 2 turns pull off the handle and completely unscrew the screw by hand approx 8 turns Pull out the fastening screw up to the stop and turn it anticlockwise 2 turns to prevent dam age Repeat procedure on the other side of the hardtop 9 Together with a second person on the other side grasp the hardtop at points E and F H Warning Danger of pinching fingers or hands at the points F f Evenly lift the hardtop at both sides 10 First pull the hardtop rearward and up out of the locking elements Carefully lift the hardtop up and over the vehi cle to the rear Mobile Roofs 195 11 Carefully remove both protection covers J to the rear 12 Fit both plastic covers C into the trim panel The marking
134. e however and may depart significantly from the norm due to var lations in driving habits service practices and dif ferences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C and they represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under con trolled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance l Warning The traction grade assigned to this is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include cornering turned traction accelera tion hydroplaning or peak traction characteris tics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the gener ation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperatures can cause the mate rial of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden 236 Practical Tips Emergency Service tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perform ance which all passenger car tires must meet un der the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of per formance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law l Warning The temperatur
135. e Cabriolet and Targa the external antenna is mounted on the right front fender 100 Operation Safety Car Telephone and Afternarket Alarms Important legal and safety information regarding the use of cellular telephones Some states may prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving a vehicle Check the laws and regulations on the use of cellular telephones in the areas where you drive H Danger Risk of an accident Severe personal injury or death can result in the event of an accident Looking away from the road or turning your attention away from your driving can cause an accident and serious or fatal injury When using your cellular telephone you should al ways f Give full attention to your driving pull off the road and park before making or answering a call if traffic conditions so require and f Keep both hands on the steering wheel use hands free operation if available pull off the road and park before using a hand held tele phone It is essential to observe the telephone manufacturer s instructions before operating the telephone Any portable telephone or radio transmitter which is used ina Porsche must be properly installed in accordance with the technical requirements of Porsche The transmission power must not exceed 10 W The devices must possess a type approval for your vehicle and have an e symbol If you should require equipment with transmission power values greater tha
136. e Porsche leather care product Cleaning airbags covers H Danger There is a danger of serious personal injury or death if the airbag system is impaired by improper cleaning work f Do not make any modifications whatsoever on individual components such as the padded covers of the steering wheel passenger side instrument panel the front seats and the door linings f Let your authorized Porsche dealer clean these components Carpets and floor rmats f Use only a vacuum cleaner or a medium stiff brush f Remove stains and spots with Porsche stain remover To protect carpets the Porsche range of accesso ries includes mats of the correct size and with the appropriate fastening H Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death f Always check the movement of the pedals be fore driving and make sure that they are not ob structed by a floor mat or any other object f Secure the floor mat to prevent it from sliding into positions that could interfere with the safe operation of your vehicle do not install them loosely in the vehicle Your Porsche dealer will be glad to offer you nonskid floor mats of the correct size Cleaning fabric linings f Fabric linings on pillars convertible top liner and sun blinds etc must be cleaned only using suitable cleaning agents or a suitable dry foam and a soft brush Alcantara f Do not use a leather care product to clean Alcantara For reg
137. e appropriate adjustment Screw The setting is adjusted by turning the hexagon socket screws right or left as appropriate B Headlight vertical adjustment Vertical adjustment screw B f turn clockwise beam moves down turn counter clockwise beam moves up Note f Do not alter the lateral adjustment Practical Tips Emergency Service 2 9 Towing Certain state statutes and local ordinances prohib it towing with a chain rope or even a tow bar In addition damage to your vehicle may result from improper procedures Consult your authorized Porsche dealer for de tails Vehicle towing Flat bed towing is the preferred type of towing to be used on Porsche vehicles Under certain circumstances wheel lifts may be used when the vehicle will not roll The vehicle must be towed with all four wheels off the ground otherwise damage to the vehicle may result 280 Practical Tips Emergency Service PDK selector lever emergency release In the event of an electronics failure the selector lever must be released for towing 1 2 Lift up the rubber mat in the oddments tray Insert a screwdriver in the opening and press down until you feel it reach the limit position The selector lever can now be moved to position N Towing hook The towing hook A is contained in the tool box in the luggage compartment IN Caution Risk of damage to the vehicle f Use the towing hook only for an emergency to
138. e children in the vehicle unattended Operation with person buttons 2 3 Storing seat position 1 Switch on ignition Reverse gear must not be engaged 2 Set the desired seat and door mirror positions 3 Keep memory button M depressed and also press person button 2 or 3 until an audible signal confirms that the position has been stored The individual setting is now stored under the desired person button Recalling seat position The seat position can only be called up when the vehicle is stationary 1 Switch on the ignition or open the driver s door 2 Press person button until the seat has reached its final position The setting of door mirrors and lumbar support will be completed even if the person button is not kept depressed Note Automatic seat adjustment can be interrupted immediately by releasing the button Operation Safety 33 Operating wth the remote control of the vehicle key Each remote control up to six can be assigned an individual seat and door mirror position The stored seat and door mirror position is set au tomatically when the vehicle is unlocked using the corresponding remote control Storing seat position 1 Switch the ignition on with the desired car key Reverse gear must not be engaged 2 Set the desired seat and door mirror positions 3 Keep memory button M depressed and also press key button 1 until an audible signal confirms that the position has been stored T
139. e cleaning fluids They may be toxic flammable or hazardous in other ways Only use spot removing fluids in a well vented area f Do not clean the underside of chassis fend ers wheel covers etc without protecting your hands and arms as you may cut yourself on sharp edged metal parts Moisture and road salt on brakes may affect brak ing efficiency f Test the brakes after each vehicle washing Decorative film l Caution Risk of damage due to separation of the decorative film when cleaning your vehicle with high pressure cleaning equipment or steam cleaners f Do not use high pressure cleaning equipment or steam cleaners for cleaning decorative film High pressure cleaning units steam cleaners l Warning High pressure cleaning units or steam clean ers can damage the following components tires logos emblems painted surfaces alternator ParkAssist sensors f Please observe the operating instructions from the unit manufacturer f When cleaning with a flatjet nozzle or the like maintain a minimum distance of 20 inches 50 cm f Never use highspressure cleaning units or steam cleaners with a round et nozzle A high pressure cleaning unit or steam cleaner with round nozzle will damage your vehicle f The tires are particularly susceptible to dam age f Do not point the cleaning jet directly at any of the aforementioned components Washing The best method of protecting y
140. e grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overload ed Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure result ing in serious personal injury or death Tire pressures l Warning Incorrect tire pressure causes increased tire wear and adversely affects road handling This could lead to tire failure resulting in loss of control leading to serious personal injury or death f Always use an accurate tire pressure gage when checking inflation pressures f Do not exceed the maximum tire pressure list ed on the tire sidewall Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURE PLA TE on Page 285 Cold tire inflation pressure means all tires must be cold ambient temperature maximum 68 F 20 C when adjusting the inflation pressure Avoid sunlight striking the tires before measur ing cold pressures since the pressures would rise from temperature influence Valve caps protect the valve from dust and dirt and thus from leakage Always screw caps tightly down Replace missing caps immediately Use only plastic valve caps Do not use commercially available sealant or tire inflating bottles Only use Porsche approved tire sealant Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES FOR COLD TIRES 68 F 20 C on Page 289 Each tire should be checked every 2 weeks when cold 68 F 20 C and
141. e instructions for fit ting the Roof Transport System f Only use Roof Transport Systems from the Porsche Tequipment product range or Roof Transport Systems which have been tested and approved for your car by Porsche Fitting normal commercially available luggage racks is not possible The Porsche Roof Transport System allows you to carry various sports and hobby equipment Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to tell you about the various different uses of the Roof Transport System 204 Mobile Roofs Safety notes f Completely remove the Roof Transport System before using an automatic car wash risk of damage to the vehicle f Do not exceed the maximum permitted pay load the maximum permitted gross weight and the maximum permitted axle loads Please see the chapter WEIGHTS COUPE on Page 291 f Distribute load evenly with heavy items as low as possible Items of luggage must not project beyond the side of the load area f Fix and secure every item to the basic carrier with a rope or lashing strap do not use elastic rubber tensioners f Before every journey and at regular intervals during long trips check that Roof Transport System and load are secure Retighten if nec essary and secure additionally by locking When the Roof Transport System is loaded the maximum speed depends on the nature size and weight of the load being carried Driving braking and steering behavior change due to t
142. e is used for repeated short trips and consumes a normal amount of oil the engine oil measurement may not show any drop in the oil level at all even after 600 miles 1 000 km or more This is because the oil is gradually becom ing diluted with fuel or moisture making it appear that the oil level has not changed The diluting ingredients evaporate out when the vehicle is driven at high speeds as on an express way Making it then appear that oil is excessively consumed after driving at high speeds If the conditions you drive your vehicle in are dusty humid or hot the frequency of the oil change intervals should be greater If the vehicle is driven at a high rate of speed climatic conditions are warm and the load is high the oil should be checked more frequently as driving conditions will determine the rate of oil consumption The engine in your vehicle depends on oil to lubricate and cool all of its moving parts Therefore the engine oil should be checked regularly and kept at the required level Make it a habit to have the engine oil level checked at every fuel filling The oil pressure warning light is not an oil level indicator The oil pressure warning light indicates serious engine damage may be occuring when lit if en gine rpm is above idle speed Engine Oil Level f Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 206 Regularly check the oil level using
143. e of reverse gear Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer No selector lever position is displayed on the instrument cluster Vehicle can be driven only until it comes to a stop It is not possible to continue driving Immedi ately stop the vehicle in a suitable place Have the vehicle towed to an authorized Porsche dealer Warnings 163 On board computer Instrument panel Dk B D ZA 1 64 Warnings Text display on on board computer Transmission temperature too high System fault Go to workshop Failure of fuel level indicator Workshop Service in ms days Service now Failure Convertibletop control Convertible top not in limit position Opening convertible top Closing convertible top Meaning measure J erking can be felt when driving off and the engine power may be restricted Do not hold the vehicle with the accelerator on a hill for example Hold the vehicle with the brake Reduce engine load If possible stop the vehicle in a suitable place Allow the engine to run in selector lever position P or N until the warning disappears Several systems may have failed Adjust your driving style Reduce speed Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Service indicator Bring the vehicle in for service no later than af ter the distance time shown has elapsed Please observe the additiona
144. e passenger s airbag and the LATCH attachment bracket are not installed at the factory They can be retrofitted not on vehicles with Sports bucket seats f Please see your authorized Porsche dealer l Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death to the child f Follow all child restraint instructions and warnings in this manual When using an infant or child restraint system be sure to follow all manufacturer s instruc tions on installation and use Infants and small children should never be held on the lap nor should they share a Safety belt with another occupant while the vehicle is in motion Children too big for child restraint systems should use regular safety belts Ashoulder belt can be used providing it does not cross the face or the neck of the child Choose a child restraint system according to the weight of the child Child restraint systems that are damaged or have been heavily stressed in an accident must be replaced immediately Children could be endangered ina crash if their child restrains are not properly secured in the vehicle Donotaffix things to child restraint systems or cover it with other materials Your authorized Porsche dealer will be glad to advise you about the installation possibility for a Porsche child restraint system which allows a key operated airbag deactivation of the pas senger s airbag The key operated airbag deactivation device installation require
145. e rim bead Make sure brake backing plate is not dam aged Secure straps to rear of flat bed Reel in hoist cable only far enough to tension tie down straps Carefully feed towing straps through the open ing in the front wheels Make sure metal parts of straps do not dam age rim Make sure the strap is flat over the rim bead Make sure brake backing plate is not dam aged Secure straps to front of flat bed Release tension on hoist cable but do not dis connect Use hoist cable as a Safety cable Vehicle Identification Technical Data Vehicle dert aticon 284 Technical Deta 286 DAC lena 299 Vehicle Identification Technical Data 203 Vehicle Identification When ordering spare parts or making inquiries please always quote the vehicle identification number Vehicle data bank The vehicle data bank is attached to the inside of the Maintenance booklet It contains all important data about your vehicle Note This data bank cannot be re ordered if it is lost or damaged This label contains the following information 1 Vehicle Identification No 2 Type Type description 3 Engine code Transmission code 4 Paint No Interior 5 Optional equipment 204 Vehicle Identification Technical Data Vehicle identification Number In accordance with Federal Safety Regulations the vehicle identification number of your car is lo cated at the bottom left of the windshield frame and
146. e running or off the engine compartment lid must be closed the speed must be below approx 30 mph 50 kr h If this maximum speed is exceeded the open ing closing procedure of the convertible top will be interrupted f Reduce speed Press button again The opening closing process is ended T Warning Risk of injury and damage when operating the convertible top f Make absolutely sure that nobody can be in jured by the convertibletop mechanism or the convertibletop compartment lid f Before opening the convertible top make sure that there are no objects behind the rear seats f Keep the lids of the make up mirrors in the sun visors closed when closing the convertible top f In order to abort convertible top operation in the event of danger immediately release the switch 182 Mobile Roofs Opening convertible top f Pull the switch and hold without interruption un til the convertible top is in the final position or until the door windows are in the desired posi tion The message on the onboard computer goes out In case of danger release the switch Convertible top operation stops Closing convertible top f Pull the switch and hold without interruption until the convertible top is in the final position or until the door windows are in the desired position The message on the onboard computer goes out In case of danger release the switch Convertible top operation stops RAL
147. e seals f Therefore you should pull the door handle slowly so that the door window can be lowered before the door is opened Opening doors from outside f Unlock vehicle with the remote control f Slowly pull door handle A 18 Operation Safety Qpening unlocked doors from inside f Slowly pull door handle B Opening locked doors from inside f Slowly pull door handle B twice f Please see the chapter LOCKING CONDITI ONS on Page 20 Door storage tray Opening storage tray f Open the cover C Keep the door storage tray C closed while driving for safety reasons Central Locking This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifi cations to this equipment Such modification could void the user s authority to operate the equipment H Warning Any changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by Porsche could void the user s authority to operate this equipment f Please see the chapter LOAD SWITCH OFF AF TER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS on Page 258 f Please see the chapter SEAT MEMORY on Page 33 Both car doors and the
148. eadlight beam adjustment When the ignition is switched on the level of the headlight beam automatically changes in accord ance with the vehicle load The level of the headlight beam is automatically kept constant during acceleration and braking Checking operation 1 Switch the low beam on 2 Insert ignition key and switch ignition on The light beam first dips all the way down and is then adapted to the vehicle load If this test item is not met the headlight beam adjustment system must be checked by an author ized Porsche dealer Operation Safety Sl Turn Signal Headlight Dinn Parking light Flasher Lever Turn signals low beam and high beam are ready for operation when the ignition is on 1 Turn signal left 2 Turn signal right Push the lever to the upper or lower pressure point turn signals flash three times 3 High beam 4 Headlight flasher Lever in center position Low beam When high beam and headlight flasher are select ed the blue indicator light in the tachometer is lit 82 Operation Safety The turn signal lever turns off automatically when the steering wheel is straightened out after com pleting a turn Lane changer f To indicate your intention when changing lanes on the freeway slightly lift or depress the lever to the resistance point The lever will return to the OFF position when released f If the frequency of the display becomes notice ably faster check the o
149. ective devices are located behind each rear seat and rapidly deploy within a fraction of a second If necessary the seat belt tensioners will be activated f Please see the chapter BELT TENSIONER on Page 41 They can deploy under Extreme tilting of the vehicle Loss of ground contact e g Going over the crest of a hill at high speed 56 Operation Safety l Danger Risk of death or serious injury f Do not block area of supplemental safety bars with objects In the event of a deployment event such objects could potentially prevent such deploy ment from occuring or such objects could impact the car occupants at high speed f Do not tamper with or work on wiring and or components of Rollover Protection System f All work regarding this system must be carried out by your authorized Porsche dealer f Check functions and periodic service intervals according to maintenance schedule See your authorized Porsche dealer To avoid damage to the convertible top f If the supplemental safety bars are extended for any reason do not open or close converti ble top 85 Warning light Faults in the Rollover Protection System are indi cated by the airbag warning light in the instrument panel Extension of the supplemental safety bars is no longer ensured f See your authorized Porsche dealer immedi ately and have the fault remedied Lowering the supplemental safety bars after deployment f Have this
150. ed period The brakes will tend to rub as a result The nature extent and effects of corrosion de pend on the amount of time the vehicle was parked whether granular or liquid road salt was spread and whether grease dissolving agents were used in car washes To prevent corrosion of the brake discs brake them dry before parking the car If the braking comfort is noticeably impaired we recommend having the brake system checked by experts at an authorized Porsche dealer Brake system function Your Porsche is equipped with a power assisted hydraulic dual circuit brake system with disc brakes at the front and rear Both circuits function independently One brake circuit operates the front and the other operates the rear If one brake circuit has failed the other will still op erate However you will notice an increased pedal travel when you apply the brakes Failure of one brake circuit will cause the stopping distance to increase T Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death In the unlikely event of hydraulic failure of one brake circurt f Pushthe brake pedal down firmly and hold it in that position A mechanical linkage activates the second cir cuit and you will be able to bring the vehicle to a stop f After bringing your vehicle to a complete stop avoid driving the vehicle and instead have it towed to the nearest authorized Porsche deal er for repair Brake s
151. ee EE 109 Airbag Advanced 00 EE 45 Cleaning COVES 1 0 EE 230 Deactivation Odewce EEN 49 ebe ere Ee 45 Maintenance a ee err he eet 48 Warning light yee eter weer ere terre rn tert 48 56 Airbag Systerns cccece cece eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeaneneaees 44 Alarm systern ce a 23 100 Deactivating passenger compartment en ele Lee e Ee 24 elei e Lee 24 Function indication ax ie ctaceweracweveeecersbe caste 23 NOt active 00 cece cece eee eee e eens eeeneeeaeeeanes 258 Alcantara cleaning EE 231 Antena E snes rat cere 100 225 PMA CCF So ase oes eee wee ena eae ee ase ee 207 Antifreeze in coolant EEN 207 Antilock brake system LOAD 61 Warning light cccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeenees 62 H BEE 89 Assembly aids for wheel choree 249 Audio operatori eee ee eee ee eee 98 99 Auto button air Condtiorrg eens 106 Automatic Air conditioning svetermm eee ees 106 Anti glare e In tee 28 Car WASNES en 225 Door locking EE 18 22 Garage COOK ee 78 Headlight achetrrert ben 81 Speed cCortrOl 86 87 116 Transmission e ee a 170 Automatic locking retractor 53 Automatic Speed Control ssssesesssnnerrrren 116 NAE ator Mo eater sien ner perenne trance ret 116 Average COreSUrrOOon ccc ecee eee eee e eee 127 157 Average speed E 127 157 B Backrest e TU eg EE 30 REICASC un 30 Battery EE 261 EE 262 Charge Stale Ae EE 261 Charging EE 262 Putting vehicle into operation 263 Remote CortrOl eens eeeeeeeeeees 266
152. eeeeee 39 EREECHEN 40 EE 41 Arpag RE Ee 44 Child Restraint Gwetemg 50 LATCH System Child seat bracket on the passenger s seat 54 Child Restraint ANCNOraQGeGS ccceeeeeeeeeeneees 55 Rollover Protection Gester 56 Sports Exhaust Gxwetermm EEN 57 Parking Rees 57 EE 58 ABS Brake System Antilock Brake System 61 Clutch e EE 62 Porsche Traction Management PTM 63 Sport Mode 64 Porsche Stability Management DM 66 Porsche Active Suspension Management EE GO Retractable Rear Gooler 69 Interior Lights cccccecceeseeeseeeesseeseennaneenes 71 E HEEN 72 Ignitiory Starter Switch with anti theft Steering Locke 74 Starting Procedures E 77 6 e aig aye e le e eee eee er rer ere ee 78 Emergency Flasher Gvwtch 79 tits Vs a E 80 Welcome Home Log 81 Automatic Headlight Beam Adjustment 81 Turn Signal Headlight Dimmer Parking light Flasher Leer 82 Windshield Wiper Washer Leer 83 Automatic Speed Corrol 86 Cupholder T a thier ures ca neianrey an ei cuamneant cs 88 ASHE e tse oe ee eee veneers 89 Cigarette Loterie 90 Storage in the Passenger Compartment 91 Luggage Compartment Lid and Engine Compartment Lid 93 Luggage Compartment Vehicles without Porsche Traction Management PTM 95 Luggage Compartment Vehicles with Porsche Traction Management PTM 5 96 Trunk Entrapment occ cece ietceiescheesenieteesreeeet cans 97 Por
153. emature deterioration of the plates l Warning Hydrogen gas generated by the battery could cause an explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death f Charge battery in a well ventilated area f Never charge a frozen battery It may explode because of gas trapped in the ice Allow a fro zen battery to thaw out first f If you get electrolyte which is an acid in your eyes or on your skin immediately rinse with cold water for several minutes and call a doc tor Slow battery charging Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you about a suitable charger 1 Always observe the instructions of the charger manufacturer Depending on the type of charger the battery may have to be disconnected In this case always disconnect the negative lead first and then the positive lead risk of Short circuit Reconnect the leads in reverse order 2 Before charging cold batteries must be warmed up indoors 3 Frozen batteries must be thawed out first before being charged 4 When charging ensure that there is adequate ventilation 5 Connect the charger to the battery Only plug into the mains and switch the charger on when it is connected up correctly 6 Switch on the charger 7 After charging switch off the charger first and then disconnect it f Please see the chapter PUTTING VEHICLE INTO OPERATION on Page 263 Winter operation The capacity and ability of the battery to st
154. emedy Operate the footbrake and engage the selector lever properly Shifting Gears 171 Selector lever positions P Parking lock f Engage parking lock only when vehicle is stationary If selector lever position P is flashing in the instrument cluster the parking lock is not engaged The vehicle can roll away Engage selector lever position P again by moving the selector lever out of R f Engage parking lock after applying the handbrake and release it before releasing the handbrake The ignition key can be withdrawn only in selector lever position P R Reverse gear f Select only if car is stationary and the brake is applied N Neutral Selector lever position N must be selected for towing or in car washes for example f Only select the desired position for driving off D M or R when the engine is idling and the brake pedal is depressed 172 Shifting Gears D Autorratic selection mode Select position D for normal driving The gears are shifted automatically according to the acceler ator position and speed Depending on the way the vehicle is driven economical comfortable or sporty driving style and on the resistance e g uphill the gear Changing points are shifted towards higher or lower engine speed ranges The accelerator position driving speed engine speed longitudinal and lateral acceleration and the road profile all have an influence on the gear changing characteristic
155. ement of the clutch ped al before driving and make sure that it is not obstructed by a floor mat or any other object f Secure the floor mat to prevent it from sliding into positions that could interfere with the safe operation of your vehicle Your Porsche dealer will be glad to offer you nonskid floor mats of the correct size To avoid damage to the clutch and transmis sion f Always depress the clutch pedal fully when changing gears f Do not hold the car ona steep grade with the clutch pedal partially depressed Should the free travel of the clutch pedal suddenly becorre larger it could mean a malfunction of the clutch f See your Porsche dealer for correction Porsche Traction Management PTM With PTM the engine power is variably distributed to the front and rear wheels Power distribution between the front and rear ax les is performed by a map conrolled multiple disc clutch Distribution of the engine power also depends on the difference in wheel speed between the two ax les The multiple disc clutch always delivers sufficient drive power to the front wheels to ensure optimum propulsion even on an unfavorable road surface In combination with the Porsche Stability Manage ment PSM the PTM ensures optimum handling and high driving stability H Warning The increased control that is provided should not induce you to take greater risks with your safety The limits dictated by the laws of phy sics
156. empty Safety reasons require that you unscrew the latch striker of the lid lock if you plan to put the vehicle out of operation for an extended period f Please consult your authorized Porsche dealer They will advise you about the necessary measures Operation Safety 97 Porsche Contrunication Management PCM f Refer to the separate operating instructions before putting the PCM into operation f Please see the chapter LOAD SWITCH OFF AFTER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS on Page 258 l Warning There is a danger of accident if you set or operate the on board computer radio navi gation system telephone or other equipment when driving This could distract you from the traffic and cause you to lose control of the vehicle re sulting in serious personal injury or death f Operate the components while driving only if the traffic situation allows you to do so Safely f Carry out any complicated operating or setting procedures only with the vehicle stationary The reception conditions for the radio module integrated in the PCM change continuously as you drive Interference from buildings terrain and the weather is unavoidable FM stereo reception is particularly susceptible to varying reception conditions Electronic accessories should only be retrofitted by your authorized Porsche dealer 98 Operation Safety Accessories which have not been tested and approved by Porsche may impair radio function and reception
157. ency Service RA 100 w Swivel out the indicator light and undo bulb holder bayonet lock Remove the bulb from the holder and replace it Insert holder Check operation of the light Insert the turn signal s retaining lugs A into the side section at the front Push in turn signal until the securing spring B is felt to engage Press the cap into the wheel housing liner Number Plate Light Changing bulb 1 Unscrew both screws A and take off the light lens Remove defective bulb from between the contact springs and replace Reassermble in reverse order Check operation of the light Changing Light Enitting Diodes and Long Life Bulbs The following lights are equipped with light emitting diodes LEDs or long life bulbs and cannot be replaced individually Replacement also involves a greater amount of installation work Side light front Daytime driving lights Tail lights and Additional brake lights f Have the defective light replaced at an autho rized Porsche dealer Practical Tips Emergency Service 2 7 Adjusting Headlights f Please see the chapter LIGHTS REPLACING BULBS on Page 269 Adjustment The adjustment is made with the vehicle ready to drive and the fuel tank completely filled The driver s seat must be loaded by a person or a 165 Ibs 75 kg weight and the tire pressures must meet the prescribed values After being loaded the car must be
158. ent Page 30 9 Backrest angle adjustment Page 30 10 Seat fore and aft adjustment Page 30 es ga Before driving off 1 1 12 Before driving off 1 Light switch Page 80 2 lgnitior starter switch Page 74 3 Turn signal headlight dimmer flasher lever Page 82 4 Operating lever for onboard computer Page 128 5 Horn 6 Operating lever for automatic speed control Page 86 7 Wiper washer lever rear window wiper Page 83 8 Stopwatch Page 138 9 Interior temperature sensor 10 Emergency flasher switch Page 79 11 Central locking button readiness display for alarm system Page 19 12 Cupholder Page 88 13 Seat heating Seat ventilation left right Page 35 14 Operating panel for air conditioning Page 108 15 Sport Sport Plus program Page 64 Rear spoiler Page 69 Porsche Active Suspension Management PASM Page 69 Porsche Stability Management PSM Page 66 Sports exhaust system Page 57 ICY ere 15 Security Wheel e e 15 EE L e Ee e e EE 19 Alarm System Passenger Compartment Monitoring 23 Power VWANCOWG 00ccccceceesceeeessseeensenenanes 25 lge ee 27 Rear Window Defogger Door Mirror Heating 29 Seat Adjustment and Head Restraints 30 Seat NEE EN geesde scien 33 Phebe Seals cy etry T eee 35 Seat VMr latcon 36 Rear Seat Backrests ue NEE 37 Steering Wheel Achgtrrerg NEE 37 Steering Wheel Heating 38 Multi Functional Steering Wheel cccc
159. ent operation of the convertible top with the engine off the vehicle battery would be unintentionally discharged rapidly Drive only with the convertible top fully open or closed end positions When opening or closing the convertible top ensure there is sufficient clearance above the convertible top e g in the garage To prevent damp stains and abrasions only open the convertible top in a dry clean state Park your car in the shade whenever possible as the fabric rubber material and color can be harmed by long exposure to sunlight The convertible top may only be actuated dur ing driving on even surfaces The convertible top must not be used with strong counter wind over approx 50 mph 80 kr h Door windows and side windows The side windows are lowered automatically when the convertible top is opened The door windows close automatically if convertible top operation is not interrupted when the convertible top reaches its final position When the door windows are closed the rear side windows can also be closed When opening the door windows the rear win dows open automatically The side windows are lowered automatically when the convertible top is closed All windows close automatically if convertible top operation is not in terrupted when the convertible top reaches its fi nal position Mobile Roofs 181 Preconditions for operation of the convertible top The ignition must be switched on engin
160. ent resulting in serious per sonal injury or death A constant speed may not be safe in heavy traffic or on winding or slippery roads With the speed control system engaged the engine speed will not return to idle when re moving the foot from the accelerator pedal f Do not use the speed control when it may be unsafe to keep the car at a constant speed f Observe all local and national speed limits Switch autorratic speed control readiness on f Press button Aon the automatic speed control lever This green indicator light in the speedometer now indicates readiness Hold and store speed f Bring the car to the desired speed with the accelerator f Then briefly push the operating lever forward position 1 Accelerating e g to overtake Option 1 f Increase the speed as usual with the accelerator When you ease off the accelerator the previously saved value is set again Option 2 f Push operating lever forward position 1 until the desired speed is reached The speed reached is maintained and stored when the lever is released Option 3 f Push lever slightly forwards position 1 a maximum of 10 times The speed is increased by 1 mph 1 6 kn7h each time the lever is pushed forwards Note on operation Speed control operation is automatically interrupt ed if the speed is increased by more than approx 16 mph 25 kn h for longer than 20 seconds Decelerating Option 1 f Pull operating leve
161. epair damaged paintwork f Do not apply care products containing silicone to the convertible top and windows General information f Never rub a dusty vehicle with a dry cloth because the grains of dirt will damage the paintwork f Do not treat matt painted components with preservatives or polishes otherwise the matt effect will be lost Preservation The paint surface becomes dull over time due to weathering f Preserve paint regularly f Apply paint preservative after washing the vehicle and polish it smooth to preserve the paintwork This keeps the paint shiny and elastic Dirt is prevented from adhering to the paint surface and industrial dust is prevented from penetrating the paint Polishing Do not resort to using Porsche polish until it be comes evident that the normal preservatives no longer produce the desired finish Spots and stains f Remove tar stains grease oil spots and dead insects as soon as possible with Insect Remov er They can cause discoloration if allowed to remain on the paintwork f Wash the affected area immediately after treat ing it Minor paint damage f Have minor paint damage such as scratches scores or chips caused by flying stones re paired immediately by your authorized Porsche dealer before corrosion sets in However if there are already traces of corrosion they must first be removed carefully and thorough ly Coat the area with a rust proofing primer and fin
162. epending on driving speed and engine speed you can shift up or down at any time Gear changes which would exceed the upper or lower engine speed limit are not executed by the controller There is no automatic upshift at the upper engine speed limit in selector lever position M Upshift Suppression can be cancelled by kickdown opera tion If for example the engine speed limit is reached during overtaking and the automatic upshift does not occur the transmission in this case shifts up as a result of kickdown operation f Select an appropriately low gear on upward and downward slopes This will ensure optimum use of engine power and engine braking In order to shift up automatically at the upper engine speed limit f Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the full throttle point kickdown Failure of the selector lever display on the instrument cluster The warning Transmission emergency run is displayed in red on the onboard computer Effect No selector lever position is displayed on the instrument cluster Vehicle can be driven only until it comes to a stop Remedy It is not possible to continue driving Inwmedi ately stop the vehicle in a suitable place Have the vehicle towed to an authorized Porsche dealer Stopping f Forabrief stop e g at a traffic light leave the selector lever in drive position and hold the vehicle with the brake pedal f Do not hold the car on a slope using the accelerator
163. ere should not be any objects in the area behind the rear seats risk of damage storage tray with coin holder between seats glove compartment with CD and pen holder clothes hook on the roof frame clothes hook on back of front backrests depending on vehicle equipment ee SE Storage tray between the seats enlarged storage space by folding the rear seat backrests forward Opening f Press release button and lift the lid There is a coin holder and socket in the forward part of the storage tray f Please see the chapter SOCKETS on Page 25 7 Operation Safety 91 Gove compartment T Warning Risk of injury by the glove compartment lid in case of an accident f Keep the glove compartment closed while driving 92 Operation Safety Opening f Pull the catch and open the lid Locking f Lock the catch to secure the contents against unauthorized access CD holder Occupied drawers are indicated by a red window Opening drawers f Push the button of the drawer you wish to open Closing drawers f Fold up CD drawer and close until it engages Pen holder A pen can be clipped in on the right side of the CD holder A Opening luggage compartment lid B Opening engine compartment lid Luggage Compartment Lid and Engine Compartment Lid Unlocking f Operate the appropriate pull4outton next to the driver s seat The luggage compartment or engine compart ment is illuminate
164. erefore exercise ex treme caution when working on any part of the engine while the ignition is on or the engine is running Always support your car with safety stands if it is necessary to work under the car When working under the car without safety stands but with the wheels on the ground make sure the car is on level ground the Wheels are blocked and that the engine cannot be started Remove the ignition key Do not smoke or allow an open flame around the battery or fuel Keep a fire extinguisher in close reach Incomplete or improper servicing may cause problems in the operation of the car If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your authorized Porsche dealer Improper maintenance during the warranty period may affect your Porsche warranty cov erage Supplies of fluids e g engine oil brake fluid or coolant are hazardous to your health Keep these fluids out of children s reach and dispose of them in accordance with the appro priate regulations Sore countries require additional tools and special spare parts to be carried in your vehi cle Please make enquiries before driving abroad SB3IANA Coolant Level f Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 206 The cooling system is filled at the factory with a permanent coolant It provides year round protection from corrosion and freezing down to 31 F 35 C f Only use antifreeze aut
165. ertent opera tion of the convertible top with the hardtop fitted f Make sure that the front locking lever G is al ways correctly locked This disables the convertible top drive 10 Swivel front locking lever G to the rear The latching hook H must engage in the wind shield frame arrow The white marking line J on the red locking but ton must become visible when the hardtop is locked properly 11 Push on plastic cover of the front hardtop lock 12 Tighten the fastening screw by hand Then tighten the fastening screw with the un locking handle D tightening torque 34 ftlb 46 Nm 13 Repeat procedure on the other side of the hardtop 14 Fit both plastic covers C into the trim panels of the rear hardtop locking elements so that the marking points are opposite each other 15 Store unlocking handle in storage tray between the front seats Mobile Roofs 199 Targa This roof type is equipped with the following spe cial features Roller blind Sliding glass roof Glass rear hatch T Warning Risk of injury when operating all components of the Targa roof especially when closing the sliding glass roof f Take care to ensure that nobody can be injured when the roof components are actuated f Always withdraw the ignition key when leaving the vehicle Uninformed persons e g children could injure themselves by operating the slid ing glass roof the roller blind or the glass rear hatch f I
166. ervals recommended in your Maintenance Booklet Important information If you sell your Porsche notify the purchaser that the vehicle is equipped with airbags and refer them to the chapter Airbag Systems in the Owner s Manual Safety and disposal rules Further information on the airbag system can be found on stickers attached to the sun visors For special recommendations on the use of child restraints f Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 50 Key operated airbag deactivation device In case your vehicle is equipped with LATCH you can switch off OFF the passenger s front airbag manually In the automatic mode AUTO the airbag will be switched on or off automatically depending on the weight on the passenger seat f Switch off the passenger s airbag on the key switch using the vehicle key Switch position AUTO passenger s front airbag is active Switch position OFF passenger s front airbag is switched off PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp H Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death for passenger if passenger s airbag remains switched off after the child restraint system is removed f Make sure that the key switch is switched to AUTO once the child seat has been removed in order to provide protection to the adult occupants Warning light PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF If the airbag on the passenger s side is switched off Werning light PASSENGER AIRB
167. es nor cables touch another f The vehicles must not be in contact otherwise current might flow as soon as the positive ter minals are connected f The cable clamps must not be allowed to con tact each other when one end of the jumper ca bles are connected to a battery f Ensure that tools or conductive jewelery rings chains watch straps do not come into contact with the positive jumper cable or the positive battery post f Improper hook up of jumper cables can ruin the alternator Danger of caustic burns from escaping acid f Do not lean over the battery Danger of gas explosion f Improper use of booster battery to start a vehicle may cause an explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death f Keep sources of ignition away from the bat tery e g open flame burning cigarettes or Sparking due to cable contact or welding work f Adischarged battery can freeze even at 23 E 5 C Before connecting jumper cables a frozen battery must be thawed out 26 7 Practical Tips Emergency Service Connect jurmper cables in the following sequence Always observe the sequence below 1 Connect the positive lead red to the positive terminal of the discharged battery first then connect it to the positive terminal of the donor battery 2 First connect the negative cable black to the negative terminal of the donor battery then connect it to a suitable grounding point on the vehicle with the discharged
168. es should only be installed by your authorized Porsche dealer Equipment which has not been tested and ap proved by Porsche may impair radio reception Fading and drifting FM range is limited to about 25 miles 40 km except for sore high power stations If a vehicle is moving away from the desired sta tion s transmitter the signal will tend to fade and or drift This condition is more prevalent with FM than AM and is often accompanied by distortion Fading and drifting can be minimized to a certain degree by careful attention to fine tuning or selec tion of a stronger signal Static and fluttering When the line of sight link between a transmitter and vehicle is blocked by large buildings or moun tains the radio sound may be accompanied with static or fluttering because of the characteristic of FM In a similar effect a fluttering noise is sometimes heard when driving along a treedined road This static and fluttering can be reduced by adjust ing the tone control for greater bass response un til the disturbance has passed Multipath Because of the reflecting characteristics of FM direct and reflected signals may reach the antenna at the sarme time multipath and cancel each other out As a vehicle moves through these electronic dead spots the listener may hear a momentary flutter or loss of reception Station swapping When two FM stations are close to each other and an electronic dead spot such as st
169. f Please see the chapter SEAT POSITION on Page 30 f The shoulder belt should always rest on your upper body The shoulder belt should never be worn behind your back or under your arm f Grasp belt and pull the belt in a continuous slow motion across your chest and lap f Insert belt tongue into buckle on inboard side of seat Push down until it securely locks with an audible click Pull the belt to check f Pull shoulder section to make sure belt fits snugly across the pelvis f Belts should fit snugly across the pelvis and chest Make sure there is no Slack in the belt Releasing the safety belt f Pushin release button arrow on buckle Belt tongue will spring out of buckle f To release a latched belt lean back to take the body pressure off the belt To store lap shoulder belt allow the belt to re tract as you guide the latch to its stowed posi tion f Please see the chapter AUTOMATIC LOCKING RETRACTOR on Page 53 Safety belt height adjustment Coup and Targa The height of the belt deflectors for the driver s seat and passenger s seat can be adjusted Adjust the height of the safety belt so that it runs across the middle of the shoulder not against the neck Adjusting belt height f Upward push belt deflector up f Downward press button arrow and move belt deflector Cleaning the safety belts If it becomes necessary to clean the belts you can use any mild washing agent Al
170. f the relevant consumer when Changing bulbs Risk of serious personal injury or death The Bi Xenon headlights are under high voltage when installed f Be careful during all work in the area of the Bi Xenon headlights Risk of damage Bulbs of a higher wattage can damage the lamp housing f Only the bulbs shown inthe chart may be used f New bulbs must be clean and free from oil grease and fingerprints Therefore never touch bulbs with your bare hands Use a cloth or soft paper while replacing bulbs Practical Tips Emergency Service 269 Headlights l Caution Risk of damage to headlights due to exces sive temperatures and abrasion f To ensure optimum ventilation do not cover the gap between headlight and body e g stone guards or films f Use soapy water only to clean light lenses and plastic headlight lenses In no case may chemical cleaners or other vol atile cleaning fluids be used f To prevent scratches do not rub with a dry or merely moist cloth tissue or insect sponges Removing headlights 2 Remove rubber plug B from the unlocking opening 1 Unscrew plastic nut A Detach the side carpeting 2 0 Practical Tips Emergency Service Installing 1 Insert headlight into the guide rails and push fully into the fender 2 Push headlight to the rear and at the same time turn the socket wrench until it points horizontally to the rear C The headlight locking device must perceptibly an
171. formation f Under no circumstances should the tire pressures be changed based on this display 144 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings IN Warning This display is for informational purposes only Under no circumstances should the tire pressures be changed based on this display Changing the tire pressure to incorrect pressures could adversely affect the perfor mance driving characteristics and safety of your vehicle f Maintain tire pressures according to the units indicated on the tire pressure plate located on the drivers side door of the vehicle Displaying the tire pressure function of the on board computer f Push operating lever up or down until the tire pressure function of the onboard computer appears The selection field must be switched off HFa 519 Pressure info in tre pressure menu In accordance with physical principles the air pressure changes as the temperature changes The tire pressure increases or decreases by around 1 5 psi 0 1 bar for every 18 F 10 C change in temperature The Tire Pressure Monitoring takes this relation ship between tire pressure and temperature into account f Please see the chapter PRESSURE INCREASE AS THE RESULT OF TEMPERATURE INCREASE on Page 152 You can read the tire pressures to be corrected in this display The tire pressure to be corrected refill pressure is indicated on the displayed wheel Example If 1 5 psi O 1 bar is
172. ft sponge or a soft lint free cloth Gently wipe the surface without applying too much pressure An interior window cleaner can also be used to clean plastic surfaces always read the cleaning instructions on the container We recommend Porsche interior window cleaner Maintenance Car Care 229 f Gently wipe the surface without applying too much pressure f Do not clean when dry f Never use other chemical cleaners or solvents f Rinse cleaned surfaces with clear water Leather Characteristics and special features The natural surface markings of leather e g creases healed scars insect sting marks struc tural differences and slight variations in shade and grain add to the attractiveness of the natural leath er product Observe the following care instructions l Caution The leather wil be damaged by the use of unsuitable cleaning and care agents and by incorrect treatment f Do not use caustic cleaners or hard cleaning aids f Perforated leather must under no circumstances get wet on its reverse side f Clean all types of leather regularly to remove fine dust using a soft damp white woollen cloth or a commercially available microfibre cloth 230 Maintenance Car Care f Remove heavy contamination with a leather cleaner Always read the instructions for use given on the containers We recommend Porsche leather cleaner Treat cleaned leather only with a leather care pro duct Ve recommend th
173. g only if the traffic situation allows you to do so Safely f Carry out any complicated operating or setting procedures only with the vehicle stationary Portable Fuel Containers H Danger Portable fuel containers may leak whether they are full or partially empty Fuel leaking from a portable container carried in your ve hicle could in case of an accident cause a fire or explosion resulting in serious person al injury or death f Never carry additional fuel in portable contain ers in your vehicle Ground Clearance l Caution Risk of damage The vehicle may touch the ground as a result of reduced ground clear ance f Drive carefully and slowly on steep slopes e g parking lots curbs uneven roads lifting plat forms etc f Avoid steep ramps Engine Exhaust H Danger Engine exhaust is dangerous if inhaled Engine exhaust fumes have many compo nents which you can smell They also contain carbon monoxide CO which is a colorless and odorless gas Carbon monoxide can cause unconscious ness and even death if inhaled f Never start or let the engine run in an en closed unventilated area Itis not recommended to sit in your car for pro longed periods with the engine on and the car not moving California Proposition 65 Warning H Warning Engine exhaust some of its constituents and cer tain vehicle components contain or emit chemi cals known to the State of California to cause can
174. g the HomeLink for the first time The following process deletes the standard codes set at the factory Do not repeat the process if you program further buttons f Keep the two outer buttons 1 and 3 depressed for approx 20 seconds until light emitting diode A begins to flash quickly All programmed signals of buttons 1 to 3 are deleted Operation Safety 103 Programming HomeLink with fixed code hand held transmitters 1 Press the desired button until the light emitting diode begins to flash slowly You then have approx 5 minutes to perform steps 2 and 3 2 Hold the original hand held transmitter approx O to 12 in O to 30 cm in front of the marked position figure on the vehicle 3 Press the transmit button on the original hand held transmitter until the daytime driving lights flash three times up to approx 45 seconds 4 Repeat steps 1 to 3 to allocate other buttons 104 Operation Safety Note Programming Home Link with changeable code hand held transmitters 1 Press the desired button until the light emitting diode begins to flash slowly You then have approx 5 minutes to perform steps 2 and 3 2 Hold the original hand held transmitter approx O to 12 in O to 30 cm in front of the marked position figure on the vehicle 3 Press the transmit button on the original hand held transmitter until the daytime driving lights flash three times up to approx 45 seconds 4 To synchronize the
175. gallons 28 9 31 5 liters approx 3 17 quarts 3 0 liters transmission oil Mobilube PTX Formula A SAE 75W90 GL 4 5 approx 3 12 quarts 2 95 liters ATF transmission oil Mobilube PTX Formula A SAE 75W90 GL 4 5 approx 5 49 quarts 5 2 liters Pentosin Gear Oil FFL 3 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S approx 16 9 U S gallons 64 liters 911 Carrera 4 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4 911 Targa 4S approx 17 7 U S gallons 67 liters Your engine is designed to provide optimum performance and fuel economy using unleaded premium fuel with an octane rating of 98 RON 93 CLC or AKI Porsche therefore recommends the use of these fuels in your vehicle Porsche also recognizes that these fuels may not always be available Be assured that your vehicle will operate properly on unleaded premium fuels with octane numbers of at least 95 RON 90 CLC or AKI since the engine s Electronic Oktane knock control will adapt the ignition timing if necessary approx 1 35 quarts 1 27 liters hydraulic fluid Pentosin CHF 11 S or Pentosin CHF 202 0 48 quarts 0 45 liters use only Original Porsche brake fluid approx 6 3 quarts 6 liters with headlight washer Weights Coup 911 Carrera Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear Maximum useful load Roof Transport System 911 Carrera S Empty weight depending on equipment Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load
176. ged periods with the engine on and the car not moving An unattended vehicle with a running engine is potentially hazardous If warning lights should come on to indicate improper operation they would go unno ticed f Never leave the engine idling unattended Danger of fire f Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass brush fuel spill or oth er flammable material f If your car catches on fire for any reason call the fire department Do not endanger your life by attempting to put out the fire Risk of burm injury when standing near or coming into contact with the exhaust pipe The exhaust pipe is hot when the vehicle is running and remains hot for some time after the vehicle is turned off f To prevent injury make a point of noting where your vehicle s exhaust pipe is avoid placing your legs near the exhaust pipe and closely supervise children around the vehicle when the exhaust pipe could be hot A hot exhaust pipe can cause serious burns Operation Safety Z Stopping Engine f Turn key back to position 3 f Do not stop engine immediately after hard or extended driving Keep engine running at increased idle for about two minutes to prevent excessive heat build up before turning off engine f To avoid discharging the battery always re move the ignition key from the ignition lock f When leaving the car always remove the igni tion key
177. ging over between The digital speedometer is integrated in the on Miles Kilo board computer The units of the distance and speed displays can The indication changes from mph to kny h when be changed in the SET menu of the onboard the units are changed from miles to kilometers computer f Please see the chapter SET BASIC SETTING ON ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 155 118 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings ERT fl Tachometer The tachometer shows the engine speed in revolu tions per minute rpm The beginning of the red marks at the right end of the scale indicates the maximum permissible en gine rom A speed limiter prevents the engine from being overrewved during acceleration Before reaching this area the next higher gear should be select ed Shift to the next lower gear when the engine rom drops below 1 500 rpm IN Caution To avoid severe engine damage f Always observe the engine rom before down shifting to a lower gear so you do not exceed the maximum engine rpm d I Turn Signal Indicator Light Flashes in synchronism with the turn signals Left arrow left turn signals Right arrow right turn signals f If the frequency of the display becomes notice ably faster check the operation of the turn sig nals High Beam Indicator Light Lights when high beam or headlight flasher is switched on The indicator light goes out when the high beams are switched off The indicat
178. h Maintenance Car Care 225 Convertible top f Never remove snow and ice using a sharp edged object Incorrect care and treatment can damage the con vertible top and cause leaks Any repair work can be done by your authorized Porsche dealer Important note No folding top is 100 leak proof Due to the constant changing of loads and strains to which a car is Subject to when driving on roads minor wind noise and seepage at joints between the top body and doors on convertible tops can not be completely sealed in certain areas There fore small leaks are considered normal for these models In addition your convertible top should not be washed in a car wash The top may experi ence damage by the brushes or may experience leaks due to the high pressure water streams di rected in areas which would not encounter water in normal driving conditions 2260 Maintenance Car Care Cleaning l Caution Risk of damage due to the cleaning jet of the high pressure cleaning equipment or hot wax treatment f Do not clean the convertible top with high pressure cleaning equipment f Do rot use the hot wax treatment Do not wash the convertible top each time the car is washed It is usually sufficient to spray or wash it with clean water f Brush dust off the convertible top in the direc tion of the weave using a soft brush f Only if there is heawy dirt wet the convertible top with lukewarm water and the Porsche Wesh S
179. hampoo amp convertibletop cleaner us ing a sponge or soft brush and rub gently Rinse Weash Shampoo amp convertibletop clean er thoroughly off the convertible top with clean water f After washing it treat the convertibletop cover at least once a year with the special Porsche convertibletop care product Do not allow the convertibletop care product to come into contact with paint or windows If it does remove immediately f If there is leakage in the convertibletop cover or at its seams or folds the special Porsche convertibletop care product can be used f Please note the information on the container f Remove bird droppings immediately since the acid in them will make the rubber swell and the convertible top will become leaky f Openconvertible top only when it is completely dry otherwise damp stains and scrub marks may occur which cannot be removed f Try to remove spots from the convertibletop cover by rubbing carefully with a soft rubber sponge Door lock f To prevent the door lock from freezing during the cold season the lock cylinder should be covered during a wash f Should the lock freeze use an ordinary deicer In many cases a well warmed key can help Never use excessive force Paint To protect the paint on your vehicle in the best possible way against mechanical and chemical damage you should preserve it regularly polish it if necessary remove spots and stains and r
180. he on board computer functions Range on remaining fuel The range on remaining fuel is continuously recal culated during the journey based on the fuel level current consumption and average consumption The more the fuel level falls the more spontan eously the display reacts For this reason the range on remaining fuel is not displayed if less than 9 miles 15 kilometers If the vehicle s inclination changes while driving or refueling incorrect range information may tempo rarily be given Note If the tank is nearly empty and you top up with only a small quantity of fuel an accurate range on re maining fuel is impossible Average consumption and average speed The values displayed are based on the distance travelled since the last reset to zero You can set the starting time for a measurement before or during the trip Switching the ignition off does not reset the meas urements It is therefore possible to collect values over long periods Disconnecting the car battery will cause these memories to be erased Tire pressure The Tire pressure function of the onboard computer displays the tire pressures dependent on temperature in the four wheels You can watch the tire pressure rise and fall while driving The display is only for information f To correct the tire pressures always use the displayed values from the Info pressure display in the tire pressure menu Instruments On Board Computer War
181. he season mix the water with the appropriate additives Follow the instructions for the mixture ratio Only use window cleaner concentrate which meets the following requirements Dilutability 1 100 Phosphate free Suitable for plastic headlight lenses Ve recommend window cleaner concentrates approved by Porsche Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you Summer filling Weter window cleaner concentrate at the mixing ratio indicated on the container Winter filling Weter antifreeze protection window cleaner concentrate at the mixing ratio indicated on the container f Please note all the information on the contain ers of the window cleaner concentrate or the antifreeze protection Topping off washer fluid 1 Please note all the information on the refill con tainer of the cleaning agent 2 Open cap of the washer fluid reservoir arrow 3 Top up washer fluid and close cap properly f Do not use engine coolant antifreeze or any other solution that can damage the car s paint in the washer reservoir cS Warning light If less than 0 53 quarts 0 5 liter remains a warning message appears on the onboard computer f Add washer fluid Power Steering Power steering is assisted by hydraulic auxiliary forces The hydraulic fluid reservoir is located in the er gine compartment Note The flow noise heard at full steering lock is design related and does not indicate a
182. he display the system iS Operating at maximum cooling or heating pow er Automatic control is no longer active Note If the preselected temperature is changed the blower speed can increase automatically in auto matic mode The desired temperature is reached more quickly this way Sensors To avoid affecting the performance of the air con ditioning system f Donot cover the sun sensor on the instrument panel or the temperature sensor C Wei Defrosting the windshield f Press button A switch on or off The windshield is defogged or defrosted as quickly as possible Air flows to the windshield only The light emitting diode in the button lights up AC OFF switching compressor for air conditioning system on and off The air conditioning compressor switches off automatically at temperatures below approx 37 F 3 C and cannot be switched on even manually Whenever outside temperatures exceed approx 37 F 3 C the air conditioning compressor is always switched on in automatic mode The compressor can be switched off to save fuel but control comfort is then limited f Press AC OFF button D The compressor is switched off The light emitting diode in the button lights up f If the interior temperature is too high switch compressor back on or press AUTO button To dry incoming air in damp weather do not switch off the air conditioning compressor This prevents fogging of windows s3 Adjusting
183. he first 2 000 miles 3 000 kilometers There may be a slight stiffness in the steering gear shifting or other controls during the break in period which will gradually disappear Break in brake pads and brake discs New brake pads and discs have to be broken in and therefore only attain optimal friction when the car has covered several hundred miles or km The slightly reduced braking ability must be com pensated for by pressing the brake pedal harder This also applies whenever the brake pads and brake discs are replaced New tires New tires do not have maximum traction They tend to be slippery f Break in new tires by driving at moderate speeds during the first 60 to 120 miles 100 to 200 km Longer braking distances must be an ticipated Engine oil and fuel consumption During the break in period oil and fuel consump tion may be higher than normal As always the rate of oil consumption depends on the quality and viscosity of oil the speed at which the engine is operated the climate and road con ditions as well as the amount of dilution and oxi dation of the lubricant f Make a habit of checking engine oil with every refueling add if necessary me 001 1 J 3 4 1 Inner door handle Page 18 2 Power windows Page 25 3 Door mirror control Page 27 4 Hands free microphone 5 Diagnostic socket OBD 6 Front and rear lid release Page 93 7 Steering wheel adjustment Page 37 8 Seat height adjustm
184. he higher center of gravity and the greater wind resistant area You should adapt your driving style appropriately Since fuel consumption and noise are increased with the Roof Transport System fitted it should not remain on the vehicle if not in use Maintenance Car Care Exercise Extreme Caution when Working Ol your SC EN 206 Coolant Lee 207 Engine IER 208 Engine Oil Level MEN 208 Engine Oil BecCorrerdoaton 210 Brake FIUId Lee 212 Fuel ECOnNONM eee e 214 Operating your Porsche in other Countries 214 Fuel RecCorrerdoatorg 216 Portable Fuel Containers ccccceeeeeeene eee 217 Fuel Evaporation Control EE 217 Emission Control Gxetermm ne 218 How Emission Control Work 219 MS en UG ee eee eee ee een eee eerie 220 Power Steering EE 221 EEN 222 Combination Filter EE 222 Fluids Oils for Manual Transmission and Porsche Doppelkupplung PDK 222 AA EE Ee 223 Car Care INStruCtiONnS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 224 Maintenance Car Care 205 Exercise Extreme Caution when Working on your Vehicle Danger Ignoring the following instructions may Cause serious personal injury or death f The engine compartment of any motor vehicle iS a potentially hazardous area If you are not fully familiar with proper repair procedures do not attempt the adjustments described on the following pages This caution also applies to the entire vehicle Only work on your vehicle outdoors or ina wel
185. he individual setting is now assigned to this remote control and to the key button It is necessary to wait for at least 15 seconds between locking and unlocking the door 34 Operation Safety Storing individual lowered position of the passenger s door mirror as a parking aid Once the driver s seat setting has been stored an individual lowered position of the passenger s door mirror may be stored for driving in reverse 1 Apply the handbrake 2 Switch the ignition on with the desired car key 3 Engage reverse gear 4 Select passenger side with mirror switch The passenger s mirror swivels downwards 5 Set passenger s door mirror to desired final position 6 Keep memory button M depressed and also press key button 1 until an audible signal confirms that the position has been stored The individual setting is now assigned to this remote control and to the key button Recalling seat position f Unlock the locked vehicle or the luggage compartment with the remote control The stored seat position is automatically set The seat position assigned to a remote control can also be recalled with the key button 1 if the corresponding key was used to switch on the ignition If no seat position has been assigned to a remote control the key button will not work Note on operation Automatic seat adjustment can be interrupted immediately f by switching on the ignition f by pressing the central locking button f b
186. he major features are a reduced tread depth and a special tread pattern and carcass The design features of this sports tire result in the following effects compared with other summer tires when used under normal driving conditions Sport tires have a smaller tread depth and thus can reach their wear limit sooner As with all tires the attainable mileage de pends on the individual driving style and the conditions of use Exercise caution when driving on wet roads paying special attention to hydroplaning situa tions Stagnant water puddles lane grooves Sport tires have a lower tread depth than nor mal tires and you must therefore adapt speed accordingly when driving on wet surfaces The driver s skill level must be commensurate with the vehicle performance levels in the up per range limits due to increased safety risks in the upper range limits f At oudside temperatures below 45 F 7 C change to snow tires f Notify anyone using your car of these charac teristics and possible effects H Danger Risk of accident through loss of road surface contact control over the vehicle and braking ability leading to serious personal injury or death The reduced tire tread depth means that there is an increased risk of aquaplaning on wet roads f When driving on wet or mud covered roads re duce speed significantly H Danger Risk of accident from worn tires Sport tires have a smaller tread depth and
187. he outside The passenger compartment monitoring is switched off Unlocking the door with the inner door handle Any person remaining in the locked car can open the door with the inner door handle 1 Pull inner door handle once to unlock door lock 2 Pull inner door handle again to open door Note f Informany person remaining in the car that the alarm system will be triggered if the door is opened 20 Operation Safety Malfunction of the remote control The remote control may not function correctly due to local radio wave interference The vehicle will then not lock properly This can be identified by the missing locking sound and the missing check back signal of the emergency flasher H this should occur f Lock the vehicle with the key in the door Emergency operation opening f Unlock the driver s door with the key at the door lock Open door within 20 seconds and insert the ignition key into the ignition lock within 10 seconds to prevent the alarm system from being triggered Note on operation If the door is not opened within approx 20 seconds automatic relocking takes place The alarm system will be triggered by the next unlocking of the door f Insert the ignition key into the ignition lock to switch off the alarm system Emergency operation closing f Lock the driver s door with the key at the door lock If there is a defect in the central locking sys tem all functioning element
188. he risk of injury fromthe airbag deployment could exeed any protective benefits such as in low speed acci dents or higher speed accidents where the vehicle decelerates over a longer time Since airbag de ployment does not occur in all accidents this fur ther emphasizes the need for you and your pas sengers to always wear Safety belts Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module This module will record the use of the seat belt restraint system by the driver and front passenger when the airbags and or belt tensioner work Advanced Airbag Your vehicle is equipped with a weight sensing sys tem for the passenger s seat in accordance with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 Depending on the weight acting on the front pas senger s seat the front passenger s airbag will au tomatically be switched on and off Depending on the angle and force of impact the front passenger s airbag which is activated will be triggered during a collision Precondition for switching the front passenger s airbag on and off depending on weight Vehicles equipped with key operated airbag deactivation device Switch position AUTO Ignition key is inserted Improper handling of the weight sensing system can unintentionally impair switching the passenger s airbag off and on Operation Safety 45 Seat adjustment for the front passenger s seat l Danger Safety belts only offer protection when the back
189. he wheel off and put a new wheel on Please see the chapter WHEEL BOLTS on Page 248 11 Insert wheel bolts and tighten by hand 12 Remove assembly aids screw in remaining wheel bolts Initially tighten bolts only slightly in diagonally Opposite sequence so that the wheel is centred 250 Practical Tips Emergency Service 13 Inflate the tire if necessary Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES FOR COLD TIRES 68 F 20 C on Page 289 14 Lower the car fully and remove the jack 15 Tighten wheel bolts in diagonally opposite sequence f immediately after changing a wheel use a torque wrench to check the prescribed tightening torque 96 ftb 130 Nm Note on operation for vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring f Onvehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring the settings on the onboard computer must be updated after the wheel change f Please see the chapter TPM TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING on Page 143 Checking tire pressure wth a pressure gage 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gage onto the valve stem Note on operation f Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the sound of air escaping from the tire is heard reposition the pressure gage 3 Read the tire pressure on the gage stem and compare it to the permissble tire pressure This information can be found on the tire pres sure plate or in the chapter Technical Data
190. hen the engine has been started To withdraw the ignition key f f baal Stop the vehicle In vehicles wth PDK transmission Move PDK selector lever to position P Switch ignition off Remove ignition key Switch position 1 Ignition on f Turn ignition key to position 1 Ignition is switched on Note on operation All electrical equipment can be switched on f Please see the chapter WARNINGS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 158 Switch position 2 Start engine f Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 2 f Please see the chapter STARTING PROCEDU RES on Page 77 Switch position 3 Ignition off f Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 3 Note on operation The vehicle battery discharges if the ignition key is left inserted If the vehicle battery is dead the key can only be pulled out of the ignition lock if the emergency operation is performed f Please see the chapter EMERGENCY OPERA TION PULLING OUT THE IGNITION KEY on Page 76 Locking the steering colunn Automatic locking The steering colunn is automatically locked when the ignition key is withdrawn from the ignition lock H Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death The steering wheel will lock and wil cause loss of steering f Never remove key fromthe ignition lock or turn the key off while the vehicle is moving f Always withdraw the ig
191. hor ized Porsche dealers They have Porsche trained technicians and special tools to provide fast and efficient service baal 2 18 Maintenance Car Care Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with the recommendations de scribed in your Maintenance Booklet Lack of proper maintenance as well as im proper use of the vehicle will impair the func tion of the emission control system and could lead to damage Do not alter or remove any component of the emission control system Do not alter or remove any device such as heat shields switches ignition wires valves etc which are designed to protect your vehi cle s emission control system In addition to serious engine damage this can result in a fire if excess raw fuel reaches the exhaust system Do not continue to operate your vehicle if you detect engine misfire or other unusual operat ing conditions Parking T Warning Danger of fire resulting in serious personal injury or death f Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass brush fuel spill or oth er flammable material f If your car catches on fire for any reason call the fire department Do not endanger your life by attempting to put out the fire Undercoating H Danger Danger of fire resulting in serious personal injury or death f Do not apply additional undercoating or rust proofing on or near the exhau
192. horized by Porsche Checking coolant level The expansion tank with its filler orifice is in the en gine compartment f Check the coolant level regularly through the transparent expansion tank When the engine is cold and the car is level the fluid level must lie between the MIN and MAX markings Topping off coolant H Warning Danger of serious personal injury or death from scalding Coolant is hazardous to your health and may be fatal if swallowed f Do not open the cap of the expansion tank While the engine is hot f Allow the engine to cool down before opening the cap and protect your hands arms and face from any possible escape of hot coolant f Keep coolant out of children s reach f Also keep coolant away from your pets They can be attracted to it should there be a spill or to used coolant left in an open contain er Coolant can be deadly to pets if consumed 1 Switch engine off and let it cool Please see the chapter COOLING SYSTEM on Page 120 2 Cover the expansion tank cap with a thick rag Open cap slowly and carefully and allow over pressure to escape Then unscrew cap completely 3 Only add a mixture of antifreeze and water in equal parts and do not exceed the MAX mark Antifreeze in coolant 50 gives protection down to 31 F 35 C 60 gives protection down to 58 F 50 C 4 Screw cap firmly on If in an emergency pure water has been added the mi
193. icient severity For the Cabriolet in cases of vehicle rollover Note The belttensioner system can be triggered only once the system must be replaced afterward If there is a fault in the belt tensioner system the airbag warning light lights up Work may be performed on the belt tensioner sys tem only by an authorized Porsche dealer Smoke is released when the belt tensioners are triggered This does not indicate a fire in the vehicle Operation Safety 41 A Safety Belt Warning System An audio visual warning system is interconnect ed with the driver s safety belt Every time the ignition is turned on the gong will sound for about 6 seconds to remind driver and passenger to buckle up In addition the gong will sound for approx 90 sec onds if vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph 24 kb The safety belt warning lights in the instrument panel and onboard computer will go off as soon as the driver has buckled up 42 Operation Safety Inertia reel retractor The combination lap shoulder belt with inertia reel locking mechanism adjusts automatically to your size and movements as long as the pull on the belt is slow Rapid deceleration during hard braking or a colli sion locks the belt The belt will also lock when you drive up or down a steep hill or in a sharp curve otherwise the shoulder belt will not inhibit your upper body movement Fastening the safety belt f Assume a confortable sitting position
194. icing may cause problems in the operation of the car If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your au thorized Porsche dealer Improper maintenance during the warranty pe riod may affect your Porsche warranty cover age Supplies of fluids e g engine oil brake fluid or coolant are hazardous to your health Keep these fluids out of children s reach and dispose of them in accordance with the appro priate regulations Sore countries require additional tools and special spare parts to be carried Please make enquiries before driving abroad Tires VWheels The original equipment tires and wheel rims on your Porsche comply with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards For your safety remember the following Wheel rims and wheel bolts are matched to fit your Porsche If you intend to use other than original equip ment wheels be sure that they conform to Porsche specifications for your model Only tires with the same make and with the same specification code e g NO N1 can be mounted The use of wheel rims and wheel bolts that do not meet specifications of the original factory installed equipment will affect the safe opera tion of your vehicle Before you plan on exchanging wheels or snow tires already mounted on the wheel rims consult your authorized Porsche dealer Your dealer has the technical information necessary to advise you which wheel rims and wheel bolts
195. il level IN Caution Risk of engine damage f Regularly check the oil level each time before refueling f Do not allow the oil level to fall below the minimum mark Conditions for measuring the oil level 1 Vehicle stationary 2 It is important to ensure that the vehicle is horizontal for correct oil level measurement to occur 3 Engine must be at operating temperature at least 140 F 60 C 4 Engine must be idling RAI 50 Initiating oil level measurement 1 Push operating lever forward in order to switch on the selection field 2 Select OIL with the operating lever 3 Push operating lever forward Measurement is started Hai fja 0 mer Oil ness duration 4 55 Mir Allow waiting time to elapse Once the measurement has been completed you can read off the engine oil level on the segment display Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 153 H 2 500 6 If the segments are filled in up to the top line the oil level has reached the maximum mark Under no circumstances add engine oil HS SA4 0 mer 7 If the bottom segment is filled in the oil level has reached the minimum mark Add engine oil immediately 8 If the bottomsegment flashes the oil level has dropped to below the minimum mark Add engine oil immediately The difference between the minimum and maximum marks on the segment display is approx 1 3 quarts 1 25 litres One segment of the di
196. ile Roofs 179 IN Caution Risk of damage to the lifting sliding roof f After emergency operation do not operate the lifting sliding roof using the rocker switch f Driveslowyto an authorized Porsche dealer in order to have the fault remedied 3 Fold down the cover of the lifting sliding roof 5 Press the Allen key into the drive axle keep it drive at the rear pressed in and turn it clockwise until the lift Remove the Allen key arrow from its holder ing sliding roof is closed 4 Insert the Allen key into the drive axle 6 Remove the Allen key Close the cover and screw in the screws 7 Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer 180 Mobile Roofs Convertible Top Brief operating instructions can be found on the back side of the driver s sun visor f Please see the chapter CAR CARE INSTRUC TIONS on Page 224 H Warning When opening or closing the convertible top serious personal injury may occur if a per son s body parts are near or in the way of the convertible top mechanisms moving parts f Make absolutely sure that nobody can be in jured by the convertibletop mechanism or the convertibletop compartment lid Do not operate convertible top At temperatures below 32 F O C When one side of the car is ona curb a hoist or a jack Whenitems of luggage or other objects hinder the convertible top movement With the rollbars extended Avoid frequ
197. illustrated jacking points Lifting the Vehicle wth a Lifting DN Caution Platform or Garage Lift Serious personal injury or death and or seri The car must be raised only at the illustrated jack OUS damage to the engine or the vehicle may ing points occur if you lift the vehicle improperly f Never lift the vehicle at any other place than the jacking points f Never lift the vehicle by the engine transmis sion or axles f Do not damage any sensitive components in the vicinity of the jacking points 254 Practical Tips Emergency Service Spacers 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S f Use the spacers only together with wheels and fastening parts approved by Porsche Before having spacers fitted find out about the current approval status Mounting an emergency spare wheel If 5 mm spacers are mounted these must not be removed to mount an emergency spare wheel Fitting snow chains The use of snow chains is not permitted when 5 mm spacers are mounted l Caution Risk of damage to the wheel housings if the 5 mm spacers are not removed before fiting snow chains f To permit the fitting of snow chains have the 5 mm spacers removed on all 4 wheels Note on operation f To fit remowe the spacers Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer f Please see the chapter CHANGING A WHEEL on Page 249 ea ey Removing the spacers 1 Unscrew both countersunk screws M6x16 on the wheel hub 2 Remove the
198. in the range of movement of the rear spoiler Risk of damage from pushing the vehicle by the spoiler f Do not push the vehicle at the spoiler Operation Safety 69 Automatic mode The limits for automatic extension and retraction of the spoiler depend on various circumstances e g driving speed engine compartment temper ature If automatic control fails a warning message is displayed by the onboard computer Engine compartment temperature under 122 F 55 C Spoiler extends at 75 mph 120 kny h and retracts at 37 mph 60 kb Engine compartment temperature over 140 F 60 C Spoiler extends at 50 mph 80 kny h and retracts at 19 mph 30 kny h ZO Operation Safety a e Manual control When the ignition is on the rear spoiler can be extended and retracted manually using the button in the center console Extending f Press button briefly The spoiler extends to its final position The light emitting diode in the button lights up Retracting a manually extended rear spoiler f atspeeds between O and 20 mph O and 30 km h Press and hold button until the rear spoiler has reached its final position The light emitting diode in the button goes out The rear spoiler changes to automatic mode f atspeeds between 20 and 60 mph 30 and 100 ko h Press button briefly The rear spoiler retracts the light emitting diode in the button goes out The rear spoiler changes to automatic mode f atspeeds ove
199. in the wiper arm Maintenance Car Care 223 Car Care Instructions f Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 206 Regular and correct care helps to maintain the value of your car and is also a precondition for the New Vehicle Warranty and the Ant Corrosion Warranty Your authorized Porsche dealer has specially developed car care products from the Porsche program available either singly or as complete car care sets They will be pleased to help you select suitable products Whether you use Porsche products or other commercially available cleaning agents first make sure of their correct application A Porsche that is well cared for can look like new for years It all depends on the amount of care the owner is willing to give the car l Warning Risk of serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or property Cleaning agents may be hazardous to your health Most chemical cleaners are concentrates which require dilution High concentrations might cause problems ranging from irritation to serious injury as vell as damage to your vehicle 224 Maintenance Car Care f Keep cleaning agents out of reach from chil dren f Obsene all caution labels f Always read directions on the container before using any product These directions may con tain information necessary to avoid personal injury f Donotuse fuel kerosene naphtha nail polish remover or other volatil
200. inflated to the inflation pressure recommended in this Owner s Manual or on the tire4oressure plate If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated in this Owner s Manual or on the tire pressure plate you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring TPM that illuminates a low tire pressure message when one or more of your tires is significantly under in flated Accordingly when the low tire pressure message illuminates you should stop and check your tires aS soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly un derinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under4nflation also reduc es fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPM is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s re sponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under4nflation has not reached the level to trig ger illumination of the TPM low tire pressure mes sage f On vehicles with tire pressure monitoring Please see the chapter TPM TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING on Page 143 When tires are warm the tire pressure is increased f Never let air out of hot tires This could cause the tire pressure to fall below the prescribed value Insufficient t
201. ing off PSM f Press PSM OFF button PSM is switched off after a short delay The light emitting diode in the button is lit up When the PSM is switched off the PSM multi functional light on the instrument panel is lit and a message is shown on the onboard computer An acoustic signal also sounds Note When PSM is switched off the additional braking functions are deactivated Automatic reactivation in emergency situations is linked to the PSM control The following functions stabilize the vehicle in emergency situations even with PSM switched off When PSM is off the vehicle is stabilized as soon as one of the two front wheels enters the ABS control range When PSM is off and Sport mode is on the vehicle is stabilized as soon as both front wheels enter the ABS control range One sided spinning of the wheels is prevented even with PSM switched off Switching PSM back on f Press PSM OFF button PSM is switched on after a short delay The light emitting diode in the button and the PSM multifunctional light on the instrument panel go out The onboard computer shows a message Operation Safety 6 7 Sport mode A sportier car set up is obtained when Sport or Sport Plus mode is switched on PSM interventions are later than in Normal mode the vehicle can be maneuverd with greater agility at its performance limits without dispensing with the assistance of PSM in emergency situations This helps to achieve op
202. ings do not disappear then Drive carefully to the nearest authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied 4 After the warnings disappear Stop the vehicle in a suitable place f Perform adaptation of the power windows Please see the chapter STORING END POSITION OF THE WINDOWS on Page 26 Practical Tips Emergency Service 263 Removing the battery The required tool is in the tool kit The battery is located in the luggage compart ment under a black plastic lid Warning Risk of damage to alternator and electronic control units f Do not disconnect the battery while the engine is running This also applies to cars equipped with a bat tery main switch Never drive the car with a disconnected bat tery Risk of caustic burns from escaping acid f Keep vent caps on to avoid spillage f Do not tilt the battery when removing and in stalling it 264 Practical Tips Emergency Service Switch off engine and all electrical loads Open turrocks A Remove plastic lid Pull off central vent hose C Danger Risk of short circuit and explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death f Important disconnect the negative ground wire first and then the positive cable RGI Fa Important disconnect the negative ground wire first and then the positive cable danger of short circuit Unscrew fastening screw B Remove battery Installing the batte
203. ire filling pressure can cause tires to overheat and thus be damaged even invisibly Hidden tire damage is not eliminated by subse quently correcting the tire pressure Overloading H Danger Risk of damage to vehicle parts loss of con trol and serious personal injury or death f Donot overload your vehicle Be careful about the roof load f If loading the vehicle also correct the tire pres sure Tire pressure for loaded vehicle can be found on the tire pressure plate and in the Chapter technical data f Never exceed the specified axle load Overloading can shorten the service life of the tires and car as well as lead to dangerous ve hicle reactions and long braking distances Damage due to overloading is not covered by the vehicle warranty f Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMA TION on Page 246 f Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES FOR COLD TIRES 68 F 20 C on Page 289 Head 1 75 _ TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION wen SEE OWMER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION E G F Example of a tire pressure plate Tire pressure plate Information on the tire pressure plate A Seating capacity Maximum number of vehicle occupants inclu ding the driver Practical Tips Emergency Service 237 B Vehicle load limit Is the maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehi cle This is the maximum weight of passengers and cargo that can be loade
204. irmed by one wipe of the windshield f Adjust switch A downwards low sensitivity Maintenance note f Periodically clean the wiper blades with a win dow cleaner especially after the vehicle has been washed in a car wash We recommend Porsche window cleaner If they are very dirty e g with insect remains they can be cleaned with a sponge or cloth If the wiper blades rub or squeak this may be as a result of the following If the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash wax residues may be adhering to the windshield These wax residues can only be removed by using a window cleaner concentrate f Please see the chapter WASHER FLUID on Page 220 f Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer for further information The wiper blades may be damaged or worn f Replace wiper blades as soon as possible Operation Safety 85 A Automatic speed control readiness off on 1 SPEED SET accelerate store 2 SPEED decelerate 3 OFF interrupt 4 RESUME Automatic Speed Control The automatic speed control maintains any selected speed between 15 mph and 145 mph 30 knVh and 240 kr h without you having to use the accelerator pedal The automatic speed control is operated with the lever on the steering wheel 86 Operation Safety Vehicles wth PDK Downshifts are carried out to help maintain the pre selected speed especially when driving dowr hill T Warning Risk of an accid
205. irmly Please observe the disposal instructions for batteries Note f Please dispose batteries in compliance with any and all government regulations Emergency Starting wth J umper Cables If the battery is discharged e g in winter or after the car has been parked for a long time the bat tery of another car can be used for starting with the help of jumper cables Make sure the voltage of both batteries is the same Both batteries must be 12 volt types The capacity Ampere hours Ah of the booster battery must not be substantially less than that of the discharged battery The discharged battery must be correctly con nected to the vehicle s electrical system f Please see the chapter BATTERY on Page 261 f Please see the chapter EMERGENCY UNLO CKING OF THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID on Page 260 Note f Do not try to start the car by pushing or tow ing Damage to the catalytic converters and other components of the car may result H Warning Risk of short circuit damage and explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death f Use only jumper cables of adequate diameter cross section and fitted with completely insu lated alligator clips f Follow all warnings and instructions of the jumper cable manufacturer T Whenconnecting jumper cables make sure that they cannot get caught in any moving parts in the engine compartment The jumper cables must be long enough so that neither vehicl
206. ish off with a top coat The paint code and color number are found on the data bank in the Mainte nance booklet f Please see the chapter VEHICLE DATA BANK on Page 284 Engine compartment The engine compartment and the surface of the engine are treated with a corrosiomnhibitor at the factory If degreasing solvents are used to clean the en gine compartment or the engine is washed down the process almost invariably removes the corro siormnhibiting coating It is then absolutely neces sary to have a durable preservative applied to all surfaces body seams joints and assemblies in the engine compartment This also applies when corrosiormnhibitor parts are replaced IN Caution Risk of damage to the alternator f Do not point the cleaning jet directly at the al ternator or cover the alternator Effective rust proofing is particularly important during the cold weather season If the vehicle is driven frequently in areas where salt has been spread on the roads the engine compartment should be cleaned thoroughly and subsequently sealed after the cold weather season to prevent Salt from causing any lasting damage Maintenance Car Care 227 Windows The road dust which settles on the windshield and windows contains particles of tire rubber and oil residue The interior trim and upholstery release particles particularly in strong sunlight which col lect on the insides of the windows These deposits are augmented by
207. ition key El 172 Jenna ele US EE 15 e e Tee gf Ven E 112 114 INFO Warning Messages cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 132 Instrument fie ele ie e EE 116 Re eax ean eee E E 80 ln EE 112 114 158 Interior ien EE 71 Interior MIOT gee 28 J Jumper ele EE 267 K EE 15 Key operated airbag deactivation device 49 Kyo 15 16 L LATCH SyStenmM EE 54 Launch Control 00 ccc ccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeeaes 173 Sabie Care a a a EE 230 304 Index Ei E E E E E emenmecaur 94 Emergency unlocking ue 260 LNG SAT TEE 254 LIRR sliding WOOT EEN 178 Light Daytime COMMING EE 80 EE 80 82 119 Low Dean eee erecta in 80 82 Sensor for instrument illumination 112 114 SAMEC EE 80 82 Light alloy wheels la egal ee len DEE 245 Lights EE 229 Headlight beam adjustment nnuu00a 81 LIMIT Acoustic warning signal for speed limit 129 Load switchoff ex skaeNekaeegkae eg bss sek ees see seu 258 Loading information EE 246 e ei dig e EE 19 EE Sal Locking Bee E 53 Low Dean EG 82 LOWEN ae nee nore ore Pees eee nen ee oe errr 56 RH ie en 291 292 Luggage compartment 0 ccceee ee eeeeeeee ees 95 97 te E 93 Lid Wear MIG Be e GEN 93 lee ele e IA WEE 16 Luggage compartment engine compartment lid warning lights 93 iW es Geet cee ee re ee teen eer renee 204 M Maintenrarc Eed 206 Make wp Miror a 40 Maximum permitted engine speech 10 Manual Drarmermtssion 168 Mirror Folding mm 28 ig ll Perera eames
208. jury or death In case of contact with the sealant f If sealant gets on the skin or in the eyes thoroughly rinse the affected part of the body off immediately f Change soiled clothing immediately f Get medical attention immediately in the event of an allergic reaction f If sealant was swallowed thoroughly rinse out the mouth without delay and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting Get medical attention immediately 5 Screw filler hose B onto the filler bottle The filler bottle is now open 6 Unscrew valve cap from tire valve F 7 Remove valve insert E from the tire valve with valve turner D Keep the valve insert in a clean and dry place 8 Remove plug C of the filler hose B 9 Push filler hose onto the tire valve 10 Hold filler bottle higher than the level of the tire valve and press it together forcefully until the bottle is completely emptied into the tire 11 Pull filler hose off the tire valve 12 Twist the valve insert firmly into the tire valve using the valve turner 16 Please consult your authorized Porsche dealer Note on operation for vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring f Onvehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring the settings on the onboard computer must be updated after the wheel change Please see the chapter TPM TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING on Page 147 Care Instructions After drying any sealant that emerges can be peeled off like a film H Warning Risk of a
209. king PDK transmission sis eysieeevernscecseeees estes 175 Parking ach 72 73 Parking Beie LN 57 A oi Py NCI GE 58 la le e E NGI ING ees ate ee ee eee eee 80 82 Parle fiter e a 222 Passenger compartment monitoring 23 PDK trans MISSION sssesansuncs susan eterna wansens 170 Drive Off ASSISTANE 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeaees 169 Driving IN WINKED EE 175 IL E 171 KICKIN 173 Launch Selig age eee or een rrr ree ie 173 Manual selection mode a 174 Reduced driving DroOramm 176 Selector lever emergency release 280 Selector lever positions cccsceeeeees 172 Shifting gears on the steering wheel 173 el A ee 172 Transmission fluid WEE 222 Vi lan lu e fen e E 176 Peri elle e 92 lege le e 229 EE 229 Plan rid lr EE 254 Porsche Active Suspension Management EE GO SDOre MMOS seed e Eege ege 69 Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake PCCB 4 Porsche Communication Management PCM 98 Porsche Doppelkupplung PDK 2065 170 Drive Off Aecistart cece eeeee ee eaees 169 Driving iN WiNter EE 1 5 rs ee Ne ea Sree E E 171 PIC ROG e E 174 Launch ee e 170 Manual Selection rode 174 Reduced driving DroOramm 176 Selector lever emergency release 280 Selector lever position 0000a 170 172 Shifting gears on the steering wheel 173 EE 172 Transmission fluid BET 222 Porsche Stability Management DM 66 Information light EEN 68 Porsche traction management PTM
210. king ability must be com pensated for by pressing the brake pedal harder This also applies whenever the brake pads and brake discs are replaced ABS Brake System Antilock Brake System The ABS system represents a major contribution to the enhancement of active safety in your vehi cle This system prevents the wheels from locking in a panic stop on almost all road surfaces With the ABS system in your vehicle the following areas are enhanced Steering vehicle remains steerable under all braking forces when ABS is engaged Good directional control no swerving caused by locking of wheels under braking conditions Shorter stopping distance stopping distances are usually reduced because controlled braking is maximized Prevention of wheel lock up no brake induced Sliding and thus no localized tire wear from emer gency braking The crucial advantage of the ABS system over a conventional brake system is in the area of main taining directional control and maneuverability of the car in emergency situations l Warning The increased control that is provided should not induce you to take greater risks with your safety The limits dictated by the laws of physics cannot be overcome even with ABS The risk of accidents due to inappropriate speed cannot be reduced even by the ABS The driver bears the responsibility for all driving maneuvers f Adapt your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions f
211. l ventilated area Ensure that there are no open flames in the area of your vehicle at any time when fuel fumes might be present Be especially cau tious of such devices such as hot water heat ers which ignite a flame intermittently Before working on any part in the engine com partment turn the engine off and let it cool down sufficiently Hot engine compartment components can burn skin on contact Be alert and cautious around engine at all times while the engine is running If work has to be performed with the engine running always set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in neutral position or the PDK selector lever in position P or N 206 Maintenance Car Care f In particular be very careful to ensure that items of clothing ties shirt sleeves etc Jewelry long hair hand or fingers cannot get caught in the engine compartment blower fan belts or other moving parts The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car The engine compartment blower is mounted on the engine compartment lid The engine compartment blower can start or continue running as a function of temperature even with the engine switched off Carry out work in these areas only with the en gine off the ignition switched off and exercise extreme caution Your Porsche is equipped with an electronic ig nition system When the ignition is on high voltage is present in all wires connected with the ignition system th
212. l information in the Maintenance booklet Service indicator Have your vehicle serviced at an authorized Porsche dealer Activate convertible top in opposite direction If there is a failure Consult an authorized Porsche dealer Fully open or close convertible top Message goes out in final position Message goes out in final position Instrument panel e EA On board Text display on on board Computer Rear lid not closed Flat tyre Add air TPM is learning monitoring not act TPM inactive TPM partial monitoring TPM inactive Brief disturbance TPM inactive Too many wheel transmitters Wheel change Input new TPM settings Meaning measure The convertible top cannot be operated with the rear lid open Tire Pressure Monitoring has detected a serious pressure loss Stop at a suitable place and check tires for dam age Fill in tire sealant if necessary The Tire Pressure Monitoring has detected a gradual pressure loss Correct tire pressure at the next opportunity The Tire Pressure Monitoring is learning the wheels on the vehicle The Tire Pressure Moni toring is searching for the tires and their posi tion During this period the current pressure specifications are not available on the on board computer The Tire Pressure Monitoring is faulty Consult an authorized Porsche dealer 1 or 2 wheel transmitters are faulty The tyre pressures of these wheels are not monitore
213. lamp in the central con sole Activating the automatic locking retractor 1 If a child restraint system must be fastened to the passenger s seat adjust the passenger s seat as far away from the airbag as possible 2 Fasten child seat 3 Pull the safety belt retractor completely out At this point the locking mechanism is activated 4 Insert the safety belt tongue into the buckle and make certain that it is properly latched Make no more adjustments to the seat 5 Allowthe safety belt to retract until it is tight on the child restraint system You may further tighten the belt by pulling on it to allow more of it to retract Make sure that excessive seat belt forces do not occur by moving the seat with the child seat installed Releasing the safety belt 1 Unbuckle the safety belt latch 2 Then make certain that the belt has fully retracted At this point the automatic locking feature will be disengaged Seek appropriate advice from your authorized Porsche dealer about the possible installation of a Porsche child restraint system Operation Safety 53 LATCH System Child seat bracket on the passenger s seat f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system The key switch for switching off the passenger s airbag and the LATCH attachment bracket are not installed at the factory They can be retrofitted not on vehicles with Spo
214. light 9 Cooling system Temperature gage warning light 10 Fuel Level gage warning light 11 Engine oil pressure gage 12 Adjustment button for instrument illumination and trip counter 13 Odometer and daily trip mileage display 14 Automatic speed control indicator light 114 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings 15 Light sensor for instrument illumination 16 Airbag warning light 17 Check Engine warning light Emission control warning light 18 Central warning light 19 Omboard computer display 20 Porsche Stability Management PSM Multifunctional light 21 Brake warning light 22 Safety belt warning light 23 PDK transmission gear display 24 PDK transmission selector lever position 25 Clock and outside temperature display 26 Adjustment button for clock When the ignition is switched on the warning lights light up for a lamp check Note Warnings that have been given are stored in the appropriate control unit memory and can be read out at an authorized Porsche dealer This information can help to warn you about situa tions which may be hazardous to you or your Car 1415 16 17 18 19 20 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings 115 A Adjustment button for instrument illumination and trip counter h Engine Oil Temperature The engine oil temperature is indicated in the left instrument Autometic Speed Control Indicator light Indicates automatic speed control readiness 116 Instruments
215. ling down mirror glass as a parking aid f Please see the chapter SEAT MEMORY on Page 33 When reverse gear is engaged the mirror glass on the passenger s side swivels down slightly to show the curb area Preconditions Vehicle must be equipped with seat memory Set the control switch A to passenger s side Reverse gear must be engaged Returning mirror glass to its original position f f Drive forwards with a speed of over 4 mph 6 kny h or Set the control switch A to driver s side Operation Safety 73 i b f S A e d e d Ja i V O Initial position 1 Ignition on 2 Start engine 3 Ignition off Ignition Starter Switch wth anti theft Steering Lock The ignition lock has a total of four ignition lock po sitions The ignition key rebounds to the initial position from every ignition lock position f For your safety fasten safety belts f Please see the chapter IMMOBILIZER on Page 15 14 Operation Safety f Please see the chapter KEY WTH RADIO RE MOTE CONTROL on Page 16 Before starting the engine Apply the footbrake Manual transmission Move the gearshift lever into neutral The clutch pedal must be depressed fully before the starter will engage In vehicles wth PDK transmission Move PDK selector lever to position P or N Switch position O Initial position The ignition key cannot be withdrawn when the ignition is switched on or w
216. low the belts to dry prior to retracting but avoid direct sunlight f Only use suitable cleaners If unsuitable cleaners are used or any attempt is made to dye or bleach the belts the webbing may be weakened and thus constitute a safety risk Operation Safety 43 Airbag Systems The airbags in combination with the safety belts make up a safety system which offers the driver and the passenger the greatest known protection from injuries in case of accident Your vehicle is equipped with a weight sensing sys tem for the front passenger s seat in accordance with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 Even if your vehicle is equipped with airbags the safety belts must be worn at all times because the front airbag system is only deployed by frontal collisions with an impact of sufficient se verity Below the deployment threshold of the airbag sys tem and during types of collisions which do not cause the actuation of the system the safety belts provide the primary protection to the occupants when correctly worn Therefore all persons within the vehicle must wear safety belts at all times in many states state law requires the use of safety belts f Please see the chapter SAFETY BELTS on Page 41 The front airbags are located under the padded steering wheel panel on the driver s side and on the passenger s side in the dashboard The side airbags for the front seats are installed on the side in the seat
217. ly at a suitable and secure place and check tank cap for proper fastening If tank cap was fastened correctly see your au thorized Porsche dealer for service as soon as possible l Caution If the check engine warning light in the in strument panel is flashing serious catalytic converter damage and power loss will soon occur Prolonged driving with the check engine war ning light on could cause damage to the emission control system It also could affect fuel economy and driveability f Have the fault remedied at the nearest authorized Porsche dealer immediately RB 3 Central Warning Light E The central warning light on the instrument panel lights up if there are warning messages in the INFO menu The messages can be called in the onboard computer INFO menu f Please see the chapter INFO WARNING MES SAGES on Page 132 BRAE Brake Warning Light USA w Brake Warning Light Canada The warning light on the instrument parel lights up if the handbrake is on if the brake fluid level is low if the brake pads have reached the wear limit if the brake circuit division is defective Additionally a warning is displayed by the on board computer f Please see the chapter WARNINGS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 158 Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 125 Or Board Computer BC Display field The display field is beneath the tachometer Readiness for o
218. ly pull out ash insert f Leave ashtray lid open Push in ash insert T Warning Danger of fire f Never use ashtray for waste paper disposal as it could pose a fire hazard 90 Operation Safety Cigarette Lighter T Warning Danger of fire and burning The cigarette lighter is ready for use regard less of the ignition lock position f Never leave unsupervised children in the car f Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter f Hold the lighter by the knob only Heating lighter f Open ashtray lid f Push in knob of the cigarette lighter When ready for use the lighter will snap back Note on operation The lighter receptacle is not to be used for electrical accessories except for the tire filling compressor Maximum power consumption 150 VW f Please see the chapter SOCKETS on Page 257 Storage in the Passenger Compartment H Warning Unsecured luggage and heavy objects may come loose during braking rapid directional changes or in an accident and cause serious personal injury or death f Do not transport any heavy objects in the storage trays f Do not carry unsecured luggage or objects in the passenger compartment Additional storage possibilities inthe doors inthe door sill next to the passenger s seat inthe center console behind the rear seat backrests only with the convertible top closed on the Cabriolet when opening the convertible top th
219. maximum gross weight 298 Technical Data 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S 175 83 in 4466 mm 71 2 in 1808 mm 76 9 in 1952 mm 51 6 in 1310 mm 92 5 in 2350 mm 4 45 in 113 mm 35 8 ft 10 9 m 51 2 in 1300 mm 911 Carrera 4 21 in 107 mm 911 Carrera S 4 33 in 110 mm 50 79 in 1290 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 911 Carrera 4 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4 911 Targa 4S 175 83 in 4466 mm 72 9 in 1852 mm 76 9 in 1952 mm 51 6 in 1310 mm 92 5 in 2350 mm 4 49 in 114 mm 35 8 ft 10 9 m 51 2 in 1300 mm 911 Carrera 4 911 Targa 4 4 13 in 105 mm 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4S 4 25 in 108 mm 50 79 in 1290 mm 3 9 in 99 mm Diagrams MA 102 Engine diagram at full power 911 Carrera 911 Carrera 4 911 Targa 4 s SS S s S amp S 38 7000 Nm 440 420 400 380 360 340 320 300 280 260 240 220 200 Technical Data 299 MA 101 Engine diagram at full power 911 Carrera S 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4S KW Nm 280 440 260 420 240 400 220 380 200 360 180 340 160 320 Ti 300 E 280 100 260 so 240 60 220 40 200 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 300 Diagrams A ABS antilock brake system cccceeeee eee e een ees 61 sta slag in e Wl ln GE 62 Adaptive sports set 31 e TU le e We e e Ip EE 278 Advanced AIAG EE 45 Air Conditioning COMpPreSSor 106 108 Air conditioning swvetemm e 106 Air distribution EE 106 108 EE EE 222 AIr MMS
220. medied at an authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Airbag is faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Weight sensing is impaired on the front passenger s seat Advanced Airbag Correct the seating position set the backrest upright do not support weight on the armrests or lift on the handles Instrument On board panel computer Display of selector lever posi tion flashes E Text display on on board computer Failure spoiler control Selector lever is not engaged Move selector lever to P Apply brake Depress clutch pedal Move selector lever to position P or N Text display in white Transmission emergency run Text display in red Transmission emergency run Meaning measure Driving stability is impaired Adjust your driving style Reduce speed Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Porsche Doppelkupplung Selector lever can be between two positions Engage the selector lever correctly Porsche Doppelkupplung Move selector lever to position P before with drawing key from ignition lock Porsche Doppelkupplung Apply the brake when starting Manual transmission Depress clutch pedal when starting Porsche Doppelkupplung The vehicle can be started only in the selector lever position P or N Restricted gearshift comfort failur
221. ms and displays shown here are not available in your onboard computer Basic setting Central display Radio station The central line B of the onboard computer can be selected in the SET menu Calling on board computer functions in display CC f Push operating lever up or down selection field D must be switched off The following displays can be called step by step Average speed mph Average consumption mpg Range on remaining fuel ms Tire pressure Navigation information if activated in the SET menu Note The values Average speed Average consump tion and Daily trip mileage can be reset to zero in the SET menu Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings 127 Haz 550 D Switching selection field D on or off f Push operating lever forward or back 128 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings E Arrow symbol for continuation Arrow symbol Ss f Push operating lever down in order to page through the menu Arrow symbol S f Push operating lever up in order to page through the menu ER3 AID RAI 501 Heasure oil TPH legl SET The following menus are available depending on vehicle equipment LIMIT INFO TEL CHRONO AUDIO NAVI OIL TPM O o a p Uu e 2 bk B SET LIMIT Acoustic warning signal for speed limit The acoustic warning signal can be activated for speeds above 6 mph 10 kr bi The signal sounds when the prese
222. n 10 W please consult your authorized Porsche dealer for this purpose The dealer is familiar with the technical require ments for installing devices of this kind The antennas for all radios and telephones with a transmitting antenna must be externally mounted The improper installation of radios or telephones or use of a radio or telephone with a transmitting antenna inside the car may cause the warning lights to come on Improper installation of such equipment can cre ate a discharged battery or excessive current draw from added equipment If aftermarket systems are installed by nondealer ship technicians or outside the selling dealer problems may result Installation of aftermarket equipment is not covered under the New Car Wer ranty f Consult your authorized Porsche dealer about the installation of non Porsche approved equip ment Reception quality The reception quality of your car telephone will change constantly when you are driving Interfer ence caused by buildings landscape and weather is unavoidable It may become particularly difficult to hear when using the hands free function due to external noise such as engine and wind noise Automatic car wash f Unscrew external antennas before using an au tomatic car wash iPod USB and AUX The interfaces for iPod USB and AUX are located in the storage tray between the seats f Please refer to the chapter External Audio Source in the separate PCM
223. n Normal mode the running gear is in a confort able setup Sport mode offers very sporty shock absorber tuning The variable suspension system selects the appro priate damping level for each wheel according to the situation and driving conditions Example If the vehicle is driven in a very sporty manner in Normal mode PASM automatically adapts the shock absorber behavior to the driving situation accordingly Switching on PASM Sport mode f Press PASM button in the center console When PASM Sport mode is switched on the light emitting diode in the button is lit up anda message is shown on the onboard computer Switching off PASM Sport mode f Press PASM button in the center console The light emitting diode in the button goes out and the onboard computer displays a message After the ignition is switched off PASM is automatically reset to Normal mode Retractable Rear Spoiler The rear spoiler improves driving stability especially at higher speeds H Warning Risk of accident If the rear spoiler cannot be extended driving stability will be adversely affected by increased rear axle lift which could lead to loss of control f Adapt your driving style and speed to the changed driving behavior f Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Risk of injury during manual retraction or extension of the rear spoiler with the vehicle stationary f Make sure that no persons or objects are with
224. n when the speed falls below 124 mph 200 kb On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus further rear wiper functions can be selected via the PCM f Please observe the chapter Individual Memory in the separate PCM operating instructions Rear Wiper 6 Rear window wiper intermittent operation f Move wiper lever forwards to the first click The rear window wiper wipes at preset inter vals 384 Operation Safety Rain sensor The rain sensor on the windshield measures the amount of rainfall snowfall too Wiper speed is automatically adjusted accordingly Switching on f Move wiper lever upwards to the first click Switching off f Move wiper lever to position O The rain sensor remains switched off if the wiper lever is already in position 1 when the ignition is switched on To switch the rain sensor on again f Move wiper lever to position O and then to position 1 or f Operate windshield washer system 5 or f Change the sensitivity of the rain sensor with four stage switch A Switchon is confirmed by one wipe of the wind shield On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus further rain sensor functions can be selected via the PCM f Please see the chapter Individual Memory in the separate PCM operating instructions Changing the sensitivity of the rain sensor Sensitivity can be set with switch A in 4 stages f Adjust switch A upwards high sensitivity The setting is conf
225. ncase of danger release the button immedi ately and operate the sliding glass roof or roll er blind in the opposite direction 200 Mobile Roofs Pa ka Lol m Roller blind Readiness for operation With the ignition switched on engine on or off or When door is closed and ignition key with drawn but only until door is first opened The roller blind can be operated independently of the sliding glass roof position DN Warning Risk of injury and damage f Before operating the roller blind ensure that there are no persons or objects in the range of movement Opening the roller blind to the desired position f Pull the rocker switch and hold it until the roller blind has reached the desired position Opening the roller blind fully one touch operation f Pull the rocker switch briefly The roller blind moves to its final position Touch the rocker switch again to stop in any position Closing the roller blind to the desired position f Push the rocker switch and hold it until the roll er blind has reached the desired position Closing the roller blind fully one touch operation f Push the rocker switch briefly The roller blind moves to its final position Touch the rocker switch again to stop in any position Sliding glass roof Readiness for operation With ignition switched on engine on or off or When door is closed and ignition key with drawn but only until door is firs
226. ncorrect operation moved out of P or N into gear without pressing the brake this gear will start to flash and no power transmission is The warning Transmission emergency run in white or red lettering or the warning Transmis sion temperature too high is displayed on the UE Up onboard computer f To drive off press the brake and move the Please see the chapter REDUCED DRIVMNG selector lever from P or N into the required PROGRAM on Page 176 eae f Have the fault repaired immediately at an Selector lever position R or D is flashing in authorized Porsche dealer the instrument cluster Effects There is no power transmission The selector lever was engaged without pressing the footbrake or only the restricted driving programe is available when the Transmission emergency run message is Indicator for selector lever position and displayed engaged gear f Action required Press the footbrake and engage the required selector lever position again by moving the selector lever from P or N If reverse gear fails When the engine is running the selector lever position and engaged gear are indicated If the selector lever is between two positions gt Effects f Please see the chapter REDUCED DRIVING The corresponding selector lever position PROGRAME RE flashes on the instrument cluster and the warning Apply brake or Selector lever not engaged appears on the onboard computer f R
227. ng in serious personal injury or death f Do not reach through the steering wheel spokes while driving f Switch ignition on Setting hours f Press adjustment button A for about one sec ond Hour display flashes f Turn button in the appropriate direction to right increase hours figure to left decrease hours figure Adjustment in hours turn button briefly Fast adjustment display cycles turn and hold button Setting minutes f Press adjustment button again Minutes display flashes f Set by rotating as in hours mode Leaving adjustment mode Automatically after one minute or f Press adjustment button again When adjustment mode is deliberately left by pressing the button the time begins precisely to the second Note The time mode can be changed between 12h and 24h in the onboard computer Outside Temperature The outside temperature display C does not indi cate if ice is on the road Even if a temperature above 32 F O C is dis played ice may still formon the road for instance on bridges or when the road passes through a heavily shaded area Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 123 Can Engine Oil Pressure The oil pressure is controlled as required and should be at least 3 5 bar at an engine speed of 5000 rpm The engine oil pressure varies depending on the engine speed engine load and engine tempera ture If oil pressure drops abruptly and a message is displaye
228. ng on the outside temperature and hu midity condensation can drip from the evapo rator and form a pool under the vehicle This is normal and not a sign of leakage H uncooled air flows out when the lowest temperature has been set switch off the air conditioning compressor and have the fault repaired at an authorized Porsche dealer Frest air Intake To ensure proper air intake f Keep the freshair inlet between the luggage compartment lid and the windshield free from snow ice and leaves A Continuous opening and closing B Setting vent direction Changing air flow direction f Move the vanes to make the air flow in the Central and Side Vents desired direction Outside air or conditioned air can be delivered from all vents depending on the air distribution setting on the operating panel OO Qening vents f Rotate knurled wheel upward e dosing vents f Rotate knurled wheel downward Automatic air conditioning system Heated rear window Door mirror heating 109 Switching on f Press button The light emitting diode in the button lights up After approx 15 minutes the heating switches off automatically The heater can be switched back on by pressing the button again Switching off f Press button The light emitting diode in the button goes out Gy Heated Rear Window Door Mirror Heating The heated rear window door mirror heating is ready for operation when the ignition is on 1 10
229. ng persons that the passenger s airbag is deactivated The condition of the passenger s front airbag is shown by the indicator lamp If in doubt f Please see the chapter PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP on Page 47 f Please see the chapter KEY OPERATED AIR BAG DEACTIVATION DEVICE on Page 49 f Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 50 f Please see the chapter LATCH SYSTEM CHILD SEAT BRACKET ON THE PASSENGER S SEAT on Page 54 Note f After inserting the ignition key the PASSEN GER AIRBAG OFF warning light lights up for a few seconds as a bulb check PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up The passenger s airbag is switched off PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up The passenger s airbag is active and ready for operation If the passenger s seat is not occupied the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp will also not light up even though the passenger s airbag is switched off H Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death due to the passenger airbag triggering uninten tionally When the ignition key is inserted and the up to one year old child is seated in the child re straint system on the passenger s seat the indicator lamp PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF must be on If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up it could indicate a fault in the system In this case f Child restr
230. ngine crankcase are not permit ted to reach the outside atmosphere These emis sions are recirculated from the crankcase to the air intake system From here the emissions mix with the intake air and are later burned in the en gine Catalytic converters The catalytic converters are efficient clean up devices built into the exhaust system of the vehi cle The catalytic converters burn the undesirable pollutants in the exhaust gas before it is released into the atmosphere The exclusive use of unleaded fuel is critical ly important for the life of the catalytic con verters Therefore only unleaded fuel must be used The catalytic converters will be damaged by push or tow starting the vehicle misfiring of the engine turning off the ignition while the vehicle is mov ing or driving until the fuel tank is completely empty by other unusual operating conditions f Do not continue to operate your vehicle under these conditions since raw fuel might reach the catalytic converters This could result in overheating of the converters Federal law pro hibits use of leaded fuel in this car 219 Maintenance Car Care Washer Fluid Capacity Approximately 6 3 quarts 6 0 liters Washer fluid The reservoir with a blue screw cap is inthe front luggage compartment to the rear left 220 Maintenance Car Care Clean water is generally not enough to clean the windshield and headlights Depending on t
231. nings 157 Warnings on the instrument panel and the on board computer If a warning message appears always refer to the corresponding chapters in the Owner s Manual Warning messages are issued only if all measurement preconditions are met Therefore check all fluid levels regularly in particular always check the engine oil level before refuelling Instrument On board panel computer A BRAKE HR DR aF D i D i 1 58 Warnings Text display on on board computer Seat belt Handbrake Ignition key not removed Replace battery in ignition key Ignition lock faulty please go to workshop Ignition lock faulty visit workshop now Relieve steering Steering locked Lights on Parking light on Meaning measure Driver and passengers must fasten their seat belts Handbrake is still on Replace the remote control battery Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Relieve the steering lock by moving the steering wheel to the left or right The steering wheel lock remains engaged Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Low beany side marker lamps on Left right parking light on Instrument panel computer amp D E Text display on on board computer Check left right dipped beam low beam also applies to direction indicator high beam side in dica
232. nition key when leaving the vehicle Automatic unlocking The steering colunn is unlocked when the vehicle is unlocked with the radio remote control Note f To avoid discharging the battery always re move the ignition key from the ignition lock Please see the chapter BATTERY on Page 261 Gong If you leave the key in the ignition steering lock a gong will sound when the driver s door is opened This is a reminder to remove the key Operation Safety J5 Emergency operation pulling out the 3 Use metal hook A to remove the plastic lid B 4 Turn ignition key counter clockwise as far as it ignition key from the ignition lock Make sure that plastic lid will go B is not lost l l If the vehicle battery is dead the key can be pulled 5 pas erg hook Ss rr isles C out only if the emergency operation is performed unlocking sound wi ard 1 Grasp the fuse box cover at the finger hole and 6 Turn the ignition key to initial position 0 and pull it off remove 2 Unclip metal hook A on the inside of the cover 7 Refit the plastic lid B 76 Operation Safety Starting Procedures f Please see the chapter IMMOBILIZER on Page 15 f Please see the chapter EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM on Page 218 H Warning Serious injury or death may result if you are involved in a collision without having fas tened the safety belts f Fasten safety belts before driving away Before starting the engine f Apply
233. nt lid and windshield Ensure that these areas are free of snow and ice so the heater and the windshield wipers work properly f Ifa child will be riding in the vehicle check child seat child seat restraint systemto ensure that restraints are properly adjusted f Child restraint systems will not fit into the Sports bucket seat Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system and thus the airbag system cannot be manually deactivated f Check all exterior and interior lights for opera tion and that the lenses are clean f Check the headlights for proper aim and if necessary have them adjusted f Check under the vehicle for leaks f Be sure all luggage is stowed securely Emergency equipment It is good practice to carry emergency equipment in your vehicle Some of the items you should have are window scraper snow brush container or bag of sand or salt emergency light small shovel first aid kit etc In the driver s seat gt bh rb Oh Check operation of the horn Position seat for easy reach of foot pedals and controls To reduce the possibility of injury from the airbag deployment you should always sit back as far from the steering wheel as is practical While still maintaining full vehicle control Adjust the inside and outside rear view mirrors Buckle your safety belts Check operation of the foot and parking
234. of injury or death You can obtain child seats that are LATCH compa tible at your authorized Porsche dealer f Always observe the separate installation in structions for your child seat The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states of the U S and all Canadian provinces The child restraint system should be one that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be secured by a lap belt or lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or for child seats equipped with the LATCH sytem Low er Anchorage and Tether for Children also known as ISOFIX to the LATCH anchorages A statement by the seat manufacturer of compli ance with this standard can be found on the in struction label on the restraint and in the instruc 50 Operation Safety tion manual provided with the restraint l Danger The use of a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat can result in serious personal injury or death to the child from an airbag deployment To reduce risk of injury from an inflating air bag in an accident Porsche strongly recom mends f Please see the chapter PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP on Page 47 f Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 50 f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system Note The key switch for switching off th
235. of opens to its end position Stop it in any position by touching any button Note The lifting sliding roof opens until it reaches the best position relative to noise It can be opened fully however if you press the rocker switch again B Closing the lifting sliding roof f Press front of rocker switch B until lifting slid ing roof reaches the desired position C Lifting the lifting sliding roof f Press center of rocker switch C until lifting sliding roof reaches the desired position One touch operation f Touch the rocker switch C in the center Lifting sliding roof opens to its end position Touch button again to stop in any position B Lowering the lifting sliding roof f Press front of rocker switch B until lifting slid ing roof reaches the desired position Emergency operation 1 Warning Risk of serious personal injury and damage to the lifting sliding roof during emergency operation f Do not operate the lifting sliding roof with the rocker switch during and after emergency operation Before using emergency operation please check whether defective fuses are the cause of the mal function f Please see the chapter ELECTRICAL SYS TEM on Page 25 7 Closing the sliding roof 1 Carefully unclip both covers A with a screwdriv er If the car is equipped with HomeLink the Home Link buttons must be carefully unclipped instead of the covers 2 Unscrew the two screws B Mob
236. on Safety 57 DOE Parking brake warning light USA The warning lights in the instrument panel and on board computer will go out after the parking brake is fully released The warning lights are not an indicator that the parking brake is fully set it is only intended to be a warning to release the parking brake before driving the car Parking brake warning light Canada l Caution A partially engaged brake will overheat the rear brakes reduce their effectiveness and Cause excessive wear f Release the parking brake fully f When parking your car always set the parking brake by pulling all the way up on the lever f Move the selector lever to P PDK or move the gearshift lever to reverse or first gear Manual transmission f Onhills also turn the front wheels towards the curb 58 Operation Safety Brakes f Make it a habit to check the operation of your brakes before driving Keep in mind that the braking distance increases very rapidly as the speed increases At 60 mph or 100 kb for example it is not twice but four times longer than 30 mph or 50 kb Tire trac tion is also less effective when the roads are wet or slippery f Therefore always maintain a safe distance from the car in front of you Vehicles without Porsche Ceramic Compos ite Brake PCCB Even though the brake discs consist of alloyed grey cast iron they will unavoidably start to cor rode if your car is parked for an extend
237. on the brake pedal is too low Driving off with the Drive Off Assistant vehicles wth PDK transmission 1 Hold the vehicle securely on the slope with the brake pedal The engine must be running 2 Select a gear corresponding to the direction of travel up the slope Selector lever position D or R 3 Fully release the parking brake 4 Release the brake pedal The vehicle is held on the slope for a short time in order to allow driving off directly after the brake is released 5 Move off as usual Note on operation The Drive Off Assistant is not active Inthe event of shift to neutral If the vehicle is not stationary If the engine is not running Ongradients of less than 5 If the pressure on the brake pedal is too low Shifting Gears 169 Porsche Doppe lkupplung PDK The Porsche Doppelkupplung PDK is a seven speed transmission with an automatic and a manual selection mode In automatic selection mode selector lever position D gear changing is automatic You can change temporarily from automatic to manual mode using the shift buttons on the steering wheel In manual selection mode selector lever position M you change gear using the shift buttons on the steering wheel or with the PDK selector lever You can change between selector lever position D and M as you wish while driving Note f Take care not to operate the shift buttons on the steering wheel inadvertentl
238. once to unlock door lock 2 Pull inner door handle again to open door Operation Safety 2 1 Automatic door locking Your authorized Porsche dealer can program di verse types of automatic door locking in the con trol unit of the central locking system Type 1 Doors lock automatically when the ignition is Switched on Type 2 Doors lock automatically when a speed of 3 6 mph 5 10 kr bus exceeded 22 Operation Safety Type 3 Doors lock automatically when the ignition is switched on If doors are opened with the engine running they lock again automatically when a speed of 3 6 mph 5 10 km h is exceeded Type 4 The doors do not lock automatically Note Automatically locked doors can be unlocked with the central locking button or opened by pulling on the inside door handle twice f Onvehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus the PCM can be used to activate automat ic door locking Please observe the chapter Individual Memo ry inthe separate PCM operating instructions DN Warning In an emergency situation where you need to exit the car through an automatically locked door remember the following procedure to open the door f Unlock the doors by pressing the central lock ing button or f pull the inside door handle twice to open the door A Light emitting diode for alarm system Alarm System Passenger Compartment Monitoring This device complies with Part 15 of the
239. or light flashes in the event of cornering light failure REJ HHJ Gear Shift Indicator A in vehicles with manual transmission The consumption orientated gear shift indicator A on the display panel of the onboard computer assists a fuel saving driving style The gear shift indicator lights up as a recommendation to shift up to the nexthigher gear depending on the selected gear engine rom and accelerator pedal position f When the gear shift indicator A lights up change to the next higher gear to decrease fuel consumption Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 119 E egen Cooling System Temperature gage ignition on USA Display in F Canada Display in C Pointer to the left engine cold f Avoid high engine speeds and heavy engine loading Pointer in the middle normal operating tem perature The pointer may move up to the red area when en gine is heavily loaded and outside temperature is high but should return to normal when engine load is reduced Warning light A If the coolant temperature is too high the warn ing light comes on Additionally a warning is displayed in the onboard computer f Pull off the road turn off the engine and allow to cool f Check radiator and air passages in front end of car for obstructions f Check coolant level If necessary add coolant and have fault reme died at an authorized Porsche dealer Please see the chapter COOLAN
240. ore power decreases at low outside temperatures Moreover the battery is more heavily loaded in winter months e g by the heated rear window more frequent use of additional lights the fans and the windshield wipers etc f Have the battery checked before the start of winter Maintenance note Keep the battery well charged to prevent it from freezing A discharged battery can freeze at 23 F 5 C but a fully charged battery only freezes at 40 F 40 C A frozen battery must always be thawed before connecting jump leads Replacing battery The service life of the battery is subject to normal wear it depends greatly on care climatic condi tions and driving conditions distances loads f Only use an original Porsche battery with the correct part number as a replacement f Please observe the disposal instructions for batteries Putting vehicle into operation After the battery is connected or after an exhaus tively discharged battery is charged the multi functional PSM light lights up on the instrument panel and a message appears on the on board computer to indicate a fault This fault can be remedied with a few simple steps 1 Start the engine 2 With the vehicle stationary perform a few steering movements to the left and right and then drive a short distance in a straight line until the multifunctinal PSM light goes out and the message on the onboard computer disappears 3 If the warn
241. our car from the damaging effects of the environment is frequent washing and the application of a preservative The underside of your vehicle should also be thorough ly washed for cinders salt or sanding at winter s end The longer salt road dust and industrial dust dead insects bird droppings or substances from trees resin pollen are allowed to remain on the bodywork the more serious is their harmful ef fect New cars should be washed carefully with plenty of clear water to protect the new paint work Dark paint finishes show up the smallest of surface damage e g scratches more readily than lighter colors Dark colors are also more susceptible to scratch ing because of the composition of their pigments and require particularly careful paint care f Do not wash your car in bright sunlight or while the bodywork is still hot f When washing by hand use abundant water a soft sponge or wash brush and Porsche car Shampoo f Begin by spraying the body thoroughly with wa ter to rinse away loose dirt f After washing rinse the car with plenty of wa ter and then dry with a chamois leather Do not use the same chamois leather for dry ing as you use for cleaning the windshield and windows H Warning Moisture which gets on to the brakes during a car wash can reduce braking efficiency or make the brakes pull unevenly which could increase the danger of an accident causing serious personal injuries or death
242. oves upwards Downwards seat moves downwards B Fore and aft f Raise locking lever B Move seat to desired position and release lever Ensure that the seat engages correctly C Backrest angle f Operate switch C until the desired backrest angle is reached Seat backrest Folding forward f Pull up lever H in the side part of the backrest and fold the backrest forward Folding back f Tilt back and engage the backrest so that it cannot tip forward when the car is braked Confort seat wth driver seat memory Adaptive sports seat with driver seat memory f Press the switch in the direction indicated by the arrow until the desired setting is reached Seat height adjustment Fore and aft position adjustment Seat angle adjustment Dm D P Backrest angle adjustment Operation Safety 31 E Lumbar support pelvis and spinal column support To permit a relaxed sitting posture the backrest curvature is continuously adjustable in vertical and horizontal directions for individual pelvis and spinal column support f Press the switch in the direction indicated by the arrow until the desired backrest curvature is reached F Adjusting the backrest side bolsters adaptive sports seat only f Push forward or pull backward switch F until the side bolsters are adjusted to the shape of the body G Adjusting the seat cushion side bolsters adaptive sports seat only f Push forward or pull backward switch G until the
243. peedometer flashes for approx one minute and then remains continuously illuminated and a corresponding message appears on the onboard computer Monitoring is not active when the Tire Pressure Monitoring is faulty Wheel transmitters for the Tire Pressure Monitoring are missing during the learning phase after the tire settings have been updated after a wheel change without updating the tire settings more than four wheel transmitters are detected there is external interference by other radio sources e g wireless headphones tire temperatures are too high f Please see the chapter WARNINGS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON BOARD COMPUTER on Page 158 Pressure increase as the result of temperature increase In accordance with physical principles the air pressure changes as the temperature changes The tire pressure increases or decreases by around 1 5 psi 0 1 bar for every 18 F 10 C change in temperature The Tire Pressure Monitoring takes this relation ship between tire pressure and temperature into account Tire pressure specifications Information on tire pressure for public roads can be found in this Owner s Manual in the Technical Data chapter or on the tiresoressure plate in the left door aperture These values apply to cold tires at 68 F 20 C ambient temperature 152 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings OL Display and measurement of the engine o
244. perate the convertible top using the switch Drive slowly to an authorized Porsche dealer in order to have the fault remedied Mobile Roofs 189 Example Mount for 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S V Vindstop The windstop is stowed in a protective bag in the luggage compartment The protective bag is fastened with a Velcro strip in the luggage compartment 190 Mobile Roofs l Caution Risk of damage to the windstop f Make sure that the windstop is not damaged by items of luggage or objects in the luggage compartment f Do not place any objects on the windstop f Do not store any sharp edged objects under the installed windstop f Do not damage the windstop during seat ad jJustment and when folding back the front seat backrests Adjust seat so that the seat backrest does not touch the windstop f Do not fold up the rear seat backrests with the windstop installed f Remove windstop before fitting a hardtop Installing the windstop 1 Open zipper of the protective bag Take the windstop out of the luggage compart ment 2 Fold the rear seat backrests forward Please see the chapter REAR SEAT BACK RESTS on Page 37 3 Unfold the windstop until it can be felt to en gage in the hinges at the top and bottom Check whether the lock of the windstop lower section is engaged Press lock together if necessary arrows A Lock open B Lock closed 5 Check whether the two red locking h
245. peration With ignition switched on with engine running Operation controls It is not possible to describe all details of the on board computer functions in this Owner s Manual However the examples will quickly familiarize you with the operational principle and help you to navigate through the menu structure You can restore the factory default settings at any time by using the SET menu 126 Instruments On Board Computer Warnings Operating lever The onboard computer is operated with the lower left lever on the steering colunm Selecting functions of the on board computer f Push lever up 3 or down 4 Confirming selection Enter f Push the lever forward 1 Moving back one or several selection levels f Pull the lever back 2 once or several times or f Za Select the arrow on the onboard compu ter display with the operating lever and push the operating lever forward 1 Note You can always return to the basic menu by pulling the operating lever several times 5 Button for voice control f Please refer to the separate operating instructions for Porsche Communication Management PCM HMaz 5572 6 0 seh i SWAG z K EE A Digital speedometer B Central display C Bottom display Functions and display possibilities Note The available items and displays in the onboard computer depend on the equipment of your vehi cle For this reason it is possible that some of the ite
246. peration of the turn sig nal bulbs Headlight flasher Vth ignition on or off f To flash the headlights to oncomming motor ists Slightly pull the lever toward the steering Wheel and then release it The blue indicator light in the tachometer will go on off as you pull release the lever Parking light The parking light can only be switched on when the ignition is switched off f Move the lever up or down to switch on the right or left parking light Individual Light Functions Further individual light functions are available in vehicles with the Sport Chrono Plus package f Please refer to the chapter Individual Memory in the separate PCM operating instructions Windshield Viper Washer Lever H Warning Danger of injury when the windshield wipers operate unintentionally e g in intermittent or rain sensor operation Risk of damage to the windshield and wiper system f Avoid running the wiper blades over a dry wind shield to prevent scratching the glass Spray washer fluid on the windshield first A scratched windshield will reduce visibility f Always loosen wiper blades from frozen glass before operating wipers to prevent damage to the wiper motor or blades f Always switch off windshield wipers in car wash to prevent them wiping unintentionally intermittent or sensor operation f Always switch off windshield wipers before cleaning the windshield to avoid unintentional operation intermi
247. ph 80 kny h Do not drive with tires whose tire pressure drops again ina short period of time In cases of doubt have tires checked by an authorized Porsche dealer Damaged tires must be immediately replaced by an authorized Porsche dealer Tire repairs are not permissible under any circumstances If a fault occurs in the Tire Pressure Monitoring e g defective wheel transmitter contact an authorized Porsche dealer immediately and have the damage repaired The tire pressure will not be monitored at all or will be monitored only partially by defective Tire Pressure Monitoring Tires lose air over time without a tire defect being present A tire pressure warning will then appear in the onboard computer display Correct the tire pressure at the next oppor tunity The Tire Pressure Monitoring gives a warning about tire damage due to natural pressure loss as well as about a gradual loss of pressure due to foreign objects The Tire Pressure Mnitoring cannot warn you about tire damage that occurs suddenly e g flat tire due to abrupt external effects Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 143 Hil FFF e Mar Tire pressure function of the on board computer The tire pressure function of the onboard computer displays the tire pressures actual pressure dependent on temperature in the four wheels You can watch the tire pressure rise as the temperature increases while driving This display is only for in
248. posed engine liquid cooled 6 4 02 in 102 nm 3 05 in 77 5 mm 231 9 cu in 3800 cm 385 hp 283 kW 6500 rpm 310 ft Ib 420 Nm 4400 rpm up to 1 5 liters 1000 km 1 6 quarts 622 miles 911 Carrera S 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4S Power kit Carrera MA 101S Horizontally opposed engine liquid cooled 6 4 02 in 102 mm 3 05 in 77 5 mm 231 9 cu in 3800 cm 408 hp 300 kW 7300 rpm 310 ft Ib 420 Nm 4400 5800 rpm up to 1 5 liters 1000 km 1 6 quarts 622 miles Tires Rins Tracks 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S Tire Rim Rim offset Track Summer tires front 235 40 ZR 18 91Y 8J x18 H2 57 mm 58 5 in 1486 mm rear 265 40 ZR 18 1LOLY XL 10 5J x18 H2 60 mm 60 4 in 1534 mm or front 235 35 ZR 19 87Y 8J x19 H2 57 mm 58 5 in 1486 mm rear 295 30 ZR 19 1OOY XL 11J x19 H2 67 mm 59 7 in 1516 mm or front 235 35 ZR19 87Y 8 5J x19 H2 55 mm 58 5 in 1486 mm rear 305 30 ZR 19 102Y XL 11 5J x19 H2 67 mm 59 7 in 1516 mm Snow tires front 235 40 R18 91VM S 8J x18 H2 57 mm 58 5 in 1486 mm rear 265 40 R 18 97V M S 10 5J x18 H2 60 mm 60 4 in 1534 mm or front 235 35 R19 87V M S 8J x19 H2 57 mm 58 5 mi 1486 mm rear 295 30 R 19 100V XL M S 11J x19 H2 67 mm 59 7 in 1516 mm The load capacity coefficient e g 91 and maximum speed code letter e g Y are minimum requirements Snow chains Can be mounted only on the rear wheels maximum speed 30 mph 50 km h Use only Porsche authorized finetink cro
249. positions so that the risk of neck injuries is minimized in the event of a crash For proper positioning of the head restraint the seatback s inclination should be adjusted such that the head restraint is in an upright position Driver and passengers should be seated upright and in the center of their seats Seat position An ergonomically correct sitting position is important for safe and fatiguefree driving Ve recommend the following procedure for adjust ing the driver s seat to suit individual requirements 1 Vehicles wth manual transmission Adjust the seat until with the clutch pedal fully depressed your leg remains at a slight angle Vehicles wth Porsche Doppelkupplung PDK Adjust the seat until with your left foot on the footrest your left leg remains at a slight angle 2 Rest your outstretched arm on the steering wheel Set the backrest angle not applicable for Sports bucket seat and the steering wheel position so that your wrist rests on the outer rim of the steering wheel At the sarme time the shoulders must still be in noticeable contact with the backrest 3 Adjust the seat height not applicable for Sports bucket seat to give yourself enough headroom and a good overview of the vehicle 4 Electrically adjustable seat Adjust the seat angle until your thighs rest lightly on the seat cushion Standard seat sports seat A Seat height f Use lever Ain a pumping movement Upwards seat m
250. pproved by Porsche can be mixed with each other Porsche engines are designed so that no oil additives may be used A label is located in the engine compartment which provides you with information on suitable oil for your engine Your Porsche partner will be pleased to advise you Oil change The engine oil has to be changed regularly at the intervals listed in your Maintenance Schedule f Please see the chapter CAPACITIES on Page 290 We recommend that you have the engine oil changed at your Porsche dealer who has the re quired oils and the necessary filling equipment If you suspect an oil leak in the engine have your dealer check it out immediately All current engine oils are compatible with each other i e when making an oil change it is not nec essary to flush the engine if you wish to use a dif ferent brand or grade of oil Since however each brand of oil has a special composition you should if possible use the same oil brand if it becomes necessary to top up between oil changes Porsche engines have long intervals between oil changes You can make best use of these long oil change intervals by using multigrade oils since these are largely independent of seasonal fluctua tions in temperature If your vehicle is used frequently in stop and go traffic in cold weather the engine will not always be properly warmed up Condensation from products of combustion may accumulate in the oil In
251. r CAPACITIES on Page 290 If the vehicle s inclination changes e g going up or downhill minor deviations in the indication may occur Note If a small quantity of fuel is added to a nearly emp ty fuel tank the fuel gage cannot measure the add ed fuel accurately The remaining range readout will also be incorrect Warning light A When the engine is running the warning light of the level gage lights up if less than approx 2 6 U S gallons 10 liters of fuel remains in the tank Additionally a warning is displayed in the onboard computer f Fill up at the next opportunity l Caution To prevent damage to the emission control system and engine f Never drive the tank completely out of fuel f Avoid high cornering speeds after the warning lights have come on f Please see the chapter EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM on Page 218 122 Instruments On Board Computer Warnings If the level gage warning light flashes there has been a system fault Additionally a warning is displayed in the onboard computer There will then be no reserve warning f To remedy the fault go to an authorized Porsche dealer A Adjustment button for clock B Clock C Outside temperature display Cock The clock is blanked out approximately four min utes after the ignition is switched off or when the car is locked Setting the time H Warning Risk of loss of control or accident resulti
252. r 60 mph 100 km h Press button briefly The rear spoiler remains extended the light emitting diode in the button goes out The rear spoiler changes to automatic mode A C Switch for reading light on driver passenger side B Switch for interior light and footwell lights D Orientation light Interior Lights f Please see the chapter LOAD SWITCH OFF AFTER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS on Page 258 For vehicles wth automatic anti dazzle mirrors f Switch off the automatic anti dazzle operation of the mirrors before you switch on the interior light Otherwise the mirrors may accidentally swivel into the anti dazzle position Interior lights reading lights Switching off f Press left half of switch Switching to continuous illumination f Press right half of switch Switching on and off automatically f Move switch to center position The interior and footwell lights are switched on when a door is unlocked or opened or when the ignition key is withdrawn from the ignition lock The lights are switched off with a delay of approx 2 minutes after the doors are closed The light goes out immediately as soon as the ignition is switched on or the vehicle is locked Orientation light A light emitting diode at the bottom of the interior mirror improves orientation in the passenger com partment when it is dark Note on operation On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus the brightness of the orientation light
253. r battery to the positive terminal C in the fuse box Note If the vehicle was locked the alarm horn will sound when the negative cable is connected Use the black jumper cable to connect the negative terminal of the donor battery to the door arrester D Press button 2 on the remote control for approx 2 seconds to unlock the luggage compartment lid The alarm system is switched off Disconnect the negative cable first then the positive cable Push positive terminal C into the fuse box and push on the plastic fuse box cover Battery The battery is located in the luggage compart ment under a black plastic cover f Please see the chapter EMERGENCY OPERA TION PULLING OUT THE IGNITION KEY on Page 76 f Please see the chapter EMERGENCY UNLO CKING OF THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID on Page 260 l Warning Risk of short circuit fire and damage to al termerator and electronic control units re sulting in serious personal injury or death f Observe all warning notes on the battery f Disconnect the negative terminal on the bat tery during all work on the electrical system f Do not lay tools or other metal objects on the battery as they could cause a short circuit across the battery terminal Hydrogen gas generated by the battery could cause an explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death f Do not expose the battery to an open flame electrical spark or a lit cigarette
254. r during the operation of your vehicle This Owner s Manual contains a host of useful in formation Please take the time to read this manu al before you drive your new Porsche Become fa miliar with the operation of your Porsche car for maximum safety and operating pleasure The bet ter you know your Porsche the more pleasure you will experience driving your new car Always keep your Owner s Manual in the car and give it to the new owner if you ever sell your Porsche A separate Maintenance Booklet explains how you can keep your Porsche in top driving condition by having it serviced regularly A separate Warranty and Customer Informa tion Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Porsche For U S only If you believe that your vehicle has a fault which could cause a crash injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to noti fying Porsche Cars North America Inc Porsche Cars N A If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety prob lem exists in a group of vehicles it may order a re call and remedy campaign However NHTSA can not become involved in individual problems be tween you and your dealer or Porsche Cars N A To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov
255. r nonlevel position Vapor control system and storage When the fuel tank is filled vapors are collected in the evaporation chamber by a vent line leading the vapors to the carbon canister where they are stored as long as the engine does not run Purge system When the engine is running the fuel vapors from the canister will be mixed with fresh air from the ambient air of the canister This mixture will be directed to the intake air housing by the tank vent line mixed with the intake air and burned during normal combustion Maintenance Car Care 2 17 Emission Control System To assure efficient operation of the Emission Control System In the interest of clean air f Pollution of our environment has become a prob lem that is of increasing concern to all of us We urge you to join us in our efforts for cleaner air in controlling the pollutants emitted from the auto mobile Porsche has developed an emission control sys f tem that controls or reduces those parts of the emission that can be harmful to our environment Your Porsche is equipped with such a system Porsche warrants the Emission Control System in your new car under the terms and conditions set forth in the Werranty Booklet You as the owner of the vehicle have the responsibility to provide regular maintenance serv ice for the vehicle and to keep a record of all main tenance work performed To facilitate record keeping have the service performed by aut
256. r s airbag triggering uninten tionally When the ignition is on and the up to one year old child is seated in the child restraint system on the passenger s seat the indicator lamp PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF must be on If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up it could indicate a fault in the system In this case f Onvehicles with key operated airbag deactiva tion device Switch to position OFF f Onvehicles without key operated airbag deac tivation device Do not use a child restraint sys tem in the front passenger s seat f Have the fault remedied at your nearest autho rized Porsche dealer Child restraint system for children older than one year Your vehicle is equipped with a weight sensing sys tem for the passenger s seat in accordance with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 Depending on the weight acting on the passen ger s seat the passenger s airbag will automati cally be switched on or off Small adult passengers Make sure that the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indi cator lamp does not light up l Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death due to the passenger s airbag not triggering When the ignition key is inserted and the small adult passenger is seated on the pas senger s seat the indicator lamp PASSEN GER AIRBAG OFF must be off If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up it could indicate a fault in the system In this ca
257. r towards the steering wheel position 2 until the desired speed is reached The speed reached is maintained and stored when the lever is released Option 2 f Briefly move lever towards the steering wheel position 2 a maximum of 10 times The speed is reduced by 1 mph 1 6 kn7h each time the lever is moved towards the steering wheel Vehicles wth PDK Downshifts are carried out to improve decelera tion especially when driving downhill Interrupting automatic speed control Operation f Pull operating lever downwards briefly position 3 or f Operate brake or clutch pedal or f Switch PDK to selector lever position N f Please see the chapter PORSCHE DOPPEL KUPPLUNG PDK on Page 170 The speed driven before the interruption remains stored in the memory Automatic speed control operation is interrupted automatically If the set vehicle speed is exceeded by more than approx 16 mph 25 kny h for longer than 20 seconds If the actual vehicle speed falls to approx 37 moh 60 kny h below the set vehicle speed for longer than 60 seconds upward slopes For PSM control operations Resuming the stored speed f Briefly push operating lever upwards position 4 The speed control accelerates decelerates the vehicle to the stored speed The stored speed should only be recalled when traffic conditions and the road surface so permit Switching automatic speed control readiness off f Pres
258. raffic on short trips or in a line or traffic f Always remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch when leaving the car f Avoid frequent operation of the convertible top and operation of the Porsche Communication Management system when the engine is not running f Inthe cold season in particular or if the vehicle is used primarily for short journeys it may be necessary to recharge the battery fromtime to time Practical Tips Emergency Service 261 Battery care f Ensure that battery is securely mounted f Keep terminals and connections clean and properly tightened Corrosion can be prevented by coating the ter minals and connections with petroleum jelly or silicone spray f Ensure that vent caps are securely tightened to prevent spillage 262 Practical Tips Emergency Service Checking the electrolyte fluid level The acid level should be checked more frequently by a qualified specialist workshop during the sum mer months and in predominantly warm countries Battery charging Automotive batteries loose their efficiency when not in use The charge available in your battery can be meas ured with a battery hydrometer Ve recommend that the battery voltage be tested by your authorized Porsche dealer who has the ap propriate equipment If the car is not driven for prolonged periods the battery must be charged at least every 6 weeks A discharged battery allows rapid formation of sul fates leading to pr
259. re pressures correspond to the onboard computer settings Correct the tire pressures if necessary Tire pressure warnings The tire pressure warning light on the instrument panel and a corresponding message on the on board computer warn about loss of pressure in two stages depending onthe amount of pressure loss Driving with insufficient tire pressure reduces the road safety of the vehicle and destroys the tire and wheel Stage 1 Add air The pressure in the tire is too low by 4 to 7 psi 0 3 to 0 5 bar f The tire pressure warning contains the affected tire with the tire pressure to be added Correct the tire pressure at the next opportunity HEz 331 0 ner Ade sir This tire pressure warning appears for approx 10 seconds with vehicle stopped when switching off the ignition or again when switching on the ignition With ignition on the warning can be deactivated The tire pressure warning light in the instrument panel goes out only when the tire pressure has been corrected Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 149 Pred oe The tire pressure warning light on the instrument Stage 2 Flat tre At speeds below 100 mph 160 kny bi The pressure in the tire has dropped by more than 7 psi 0 5 bar This significant pressure loss is a danger to road safety At speeds above 100 mph 160 kny h The pressure in the tire has dropped by more than 5 psi 0 4 bar This significant pressure
260. re switched on Operating the function keys f Please read the separate PCM operating instructions before operating the function keys The rotary knobs at the top left and right of the steering wheel can also be pressed ds Turn volume control KL Upwards increase volume Downweards decrease volume Press volume control To switch volume mute on and off Turn rotary knob To select mark function in the PCM within a menu To do this turn the rotary knob upward or downwerd Press rotary knob To activate selected function Press screen button To call the stored PCM function The button can be assigned the desired function in the PCM Press Back button To move back in the PCM menu Press Handset Pickup button To accept a telphone call Press Handset Hangup button To end or refuse a telephone call Operation Safety 39 Sun Visors f Swing the sun visors down to prevent glare from the front f To prevent glare from the side unclip the sun visor from the inner bracket and swivel round so that it is in front of the door window Vanity mirror The vanity mirror on the rear of the sun visor is covered by a lid IN Warning Risk of injury in an accident or risk of dam age to mirror lid and convertible top f Keep the lid closed while driving and when closing the convertible top Risk of damage f Do not force the lid beyond its end position 4O Operation Safety Coup Cabriolet
261. rection of rotation and position of each wheel should be marked Example FR front right FL RR and RL Wheels must always be fitted in accordance with their marking The perception that tire durability and perform ance are immune to the effects of storage and age is unfounded Chemical additives which make the rubber elas tic lose their effectiveness in the course of time and the rubber becomes brittle and cracks Therefore the tires should be inspected from time to time Practical Tips Emergency Service 241 Note Under no circumstances should tires older than 6 years be used on your Porsche The age of the tire can be obtained fromthe DOT code number If for example the last four num bers read 1208 then the tire was produced in the 12th week of 2008 f Store tires in a cool and dry place Snow tires For a better grip on snow and ice use radial M S tires with studs Check with your local Motor Vehicle Bureau for possible restrictions H Danger Risk of loss of control and damage to the vehicle as well as serious personal injury or death The standard tires profile and rubber mixture are optimized for wet and dry driving condi tions and may not prove favorable for snow conditions f Therefore install M S tires before driving in such conditions 242 Practical Tips Emergency Service Before mounting snow tires consult with your Porsche dealer He has the technical information neces
262. remove the vehicle off the road The towing hook is to be used only to pull the vehicle onto the flat bed tractor or towing aparatus if the vehicle will roll freely Under no circumstances is the vehicle to be secured using the towing hook f Never use the towing hook to tow this or any other vehicle f Bear in mind the limited ground clearance of your Car on uneven surfaces Fitting towing hook When fitting on the rear of the vehicle the license plate must be removed aL Press the lower edge of the appropriate plastic cover into the bumper until the cover disengages Pull cover out of the bumper and let it hang by its thread Completely screw in the towing hook A Removing towing hook 1 Unscrew the towing hook A 2 Insert plastic cover at the lower edge of the opening 3 Fold the cover up and press on its upper edge to engage it in the bumper When removing on the rear of the vehicle the license plate must be mouted Practical Tips Emergency Service 281 Pulling vehicle onto flat bed 1 Position wooden ramps at the base of the flat bed to reduce the angle of the pull 2 Reel inthe hoist cable and check the underside of the vehicle for any interference 282 Practical Tips Emergency Service Tieing down vehicle on flat bed 1 Carefully feed towing straps through the open ing in the rear wheels Make sure metal parts of straps do not dam age rim Make sure the strap is flat over th
263. repair fuses you may cause se rious damage to other parts of the electrical system Replacing fuses A Plastic gripper B Spare fuses In order to prevent damage to the electrical sys tem due to short circuits and overloads the indi 1 Switch off the load with the defective fuse vidual circuits are protected by fuses 2 Pull off plastic cover at the finger hole arrow The fuse box is located in the driver s footwell The fuse plan and instructions for emergency unlocking of the luggage compartment lid can be found on the inner side of the cover 3 Remove the corresponding fuse from its slot using the plastic gripper A in order to check it A blown fuse can be identified by the melted metal strip Practical Tips Emergency Service 259 Emergency unlocking of the luggage compartment lid If the battery is discharged the luggage compart ment lid can be opened only with the aid of a donor battery Note The engine cannot be started with this method f Please see the chapter EMERGENCY STARTING WTH J UMPER CABLES on Page 267 Unlocking lid 1 Use the key to unlock the vehicle at the door lock 2 Remove the plastic cover from the fuse box 3 Pull out positive terminal C red in the fuse box using the plastic gripper A yellow 260 Practical Tips Emergency Service A Plastic gripper yellow C Positive terminal red 4 Use a jumper cable to connect the positive terminal of the dono
264. res and wheel rims If you must drive over a curb or other obstacle drive slowly and at an obtuse angle Check tires for uneven wear and damage before driving off Remove imbedded material Replace worn or damaged tires immediately Keep oil fuel brake fluid etc away from tires Replace missing valve stem caps Keep tires inflated correctly Wash tires when washing the vehicle Also clean inner side of wheels Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Check wheel rims for corrosion Remove road salt if driving in winter Tire darmage puncture High pressure cleaning units can damage the tires f Please see the chapter HIGH PRESSURE CLEANING UNITS STEAM CLEANERS on Page 224 f Check tires for imbedded material cuts punc tures cracks and bulges side wall before driv ing off In case of tire damage where it is uncertain wheth er there is a break in the ply with all its conse quences or tire damage caused by thermal or me chanical overloading due to loss of pressure or any other prior damage we recommend that the tire be replaced for safety reasons If one faulty tire is replaced it should be noted that the difference in tread depth on one axle must not exceed 30 Handling inconsistencies may result f Performa visual inspection if necessary Practical Tips Emergency Service 239 l Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death Driving the vehicle with low tire pres
265. restis upright and the belts are properly positioned on the body Improperly posi tioned safety belts can cause serious person al injury or death in an accident f Do not operate the car with the driver or passenger backrests excessively reclined f Porsche recommends the use of L A T C H Lower Anchorage and Tether for Children equipped Porsche child seat Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system If the seat is in an extreme position e g the back rest is in contact with the rear seat the backrest can warp Warping of the backrest can lead to mal functions f Correct the seat adjustment Ensure that the seat is not jammed and is self supporting Ensure that the backrest is in the upright posi tion f Do not transport a load and objects in the rear footwell and under the passenger s seat If the load or objects are under the seat it can cause malfunctions 46 Operation Safety If the weight on the passenger s seat is reduced significantly e g by Supporting weight on the arnrest the passenger s airbag can be switched Off f Select an upright seat position and do not sup port weight on the armrests or lean out of the window Always keep feet in the footwell while driving Do not put feet on the dashboard or the seat area Do not lean against the inside of the door or outside the window while the vehicle is mov ing
266. rgency braking if the acceler ator pedal is released suddenly and quickly The brake system is prefilled and the brake pads are already applied gently to the brake discs Brake booster Inthe event of an emergency braking operation where the pedal force is insufficient a brake booster provides the braking pressure neces sary for maximum deceleration at all 4 wheels Advantages of PSM Best possible traction and lane holding ability in all driving situations even on road surfaces with varying friction Thesystem compensates for undesired lateral vehicle reactions when the driver releases the accelerator pedal or brakes when cornering This compensation functions up to the maximum lateral acceleration PSM actively stabilizes the vehicle as required during dynamic driving maneuvers e g rapid steering movements during lane changes or on alternating bends Improved braking stability on bends and on different or varying road surfaces It improves braking function and shortens stopping distance in the event of emergency braking Readiness for operation PSM is switched on automatically every time you start the engine PSM should always be switched on during normal driving However it may be advantageous to switch off PSM temporarily in exceptional situations for example Ona loose surface or in deep snow When rocking the vehicle free and When using snow chains Switch
267. rking condition and fully charged Windshield Headlight washer f Check and correct antifreeze cleaning solution level as necessary Electrical system f Remove the battery fromthe vehicle and store it in a cool dry place not on a cement floor When the battery is disconnected the alarm system is deactivated f Recharge the battery every 3 months If the battery remains in the vehicle with the cables connected it is necessary to check remove and recharge the battery every 2 3 weeks Do not fast charge the battery f Please see the chapter BATTERY on Page 261 Vehicle interior The interior must be dry especially in the area of the floor carpets The use of drying agents Silica Gel is recommended in vehicles with leather inte rior and in areas with high humidity The recom mended amount is 3 fabric bags of 1 1 Ibs 500 grams each placed on the floor carpets Windows doors and lids must be closed The air vents should be opened Maintenance Car Care 231 232 Maintenance Car Care Practical Tips Emergency Service Exercise Extreme Caution when Working on your Vehicle m a a EEN 234 Tires WheelS NEEN 235 Loading Irgtorrreton 246 Mpeel BoIS e eere a eE 248 Changing a vweeel cc cceceecee eee e eens eeeneeeaees 249 Hat ln 251 Lifting the Vehicle with a Lifting Platform or Garage Le eee ane one rere re eer ee rere cr ener 254 Spacers 911 Carrera 911 Carrera S 255 Electrical Gester 257
268. rm system You can program buttons 1 to 3 with a frequency of an original handheld transmitter DN Warning Risk of accident when using the HomeLink if persons animals or objects are within the range of movement of the equipment that is being operated f When using the HomeLink ensure that no persons animals or objects are within the range of movement of the equipment that is being operated f Observe the safety notes for the original hand held transmitter Preconditions for operating and programming the HomeLink The battery in the original hand held trans mitter must be new Ignition is switched on Daytime driving lights are switched off To operate the respective device f Press the appropriate button 1 2 or 3 Light emitting diode A lights up during signal transfer Note on operation f Always use the HomeLink opener in the direction of travel Otherwise range restrictions cannot be ruled out f Before selling the vehicle delete the programmed signals of the Home Link f Please read the instructions for the original hand held transmitter to find out whether the original transmitter is equipped with fixed or changeable code f Always fit new batteries in your hand held trans mitter before programming the transmitter Allocating signals to the buttons f Please follow the operating instructions for the original hand held transmitter Clearing factory settings prior to program min
269. road water etc 60 Operation Safety Brake wear Your car has excellent brakes but they are still subject to wear The rate at which they wear de pends on how the brakes are used f Have the brake system inspected at the intervals recommended in your Maintenance Booklet Brake system warning light You can check the functionality of the brake system warning light by switching the ignition to the On position and verifying that the warning light illuminates BRAKE Warning light USA Warning light Canada If the warning lights in the instrument panel and on board computer stay on when the engine is run ning or come on while driving the brake pads are worn excessively f Do not continue to operate the vehicle Have your authorized Porsche dealer inspect or replace the brake pads Brake pads ear on the brake pads and brake discs depends to a great extent on the driving style and the con ditions of use and therefore cannot be expressed in actual miles on the road The high performance brake system is designed for optimal braking effect at all speeds and tem peratures Certain speeds braking forces and ambient conditions Such as temperature and humidity therefore might cause brake noises New brake pads or linings New brake pads and brake discs have to be bro ken in and therefore only attain optimal friction when the car has covered several hundred miles or km The slightly reduced bra
270. rocess takes place exclusively when the vehicle is being driven vehicle speed above 25 kb 16 mph f Check the tire pressure for all wheels on the Info pressure display f Correct the tire pressure to the required pressure if necessary Changing a wheel and replacing tires f New wheels must be fitted with radio transmit ters for the Tire Pressure Monitoring Before tires are changed the battery charge state of the wheel transmitters should be checked at an authorized Porsche dealer f Switch the ignition off when changing a wheel The tire settings on the onboard computer must be updated after changing a wheel If the tire settings are not updated the message Wheel change Input new TPM settings is displayed on the onboard computer f Update the onboard computer settings when the vehicle is stationary the next time Warning light H Warning Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring TPM malfunction indicator when the system is not operating properly The TPM malfunction indicator is combined witha low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the tellta le will flash for approx one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will conti nue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended
271. rolled a few meters so that the suspension can settle 2 8 Practical Tips Emergency Service For checking the headlight adjustment the verti cal position of the cutoff of the lowbeam See fig has to be projected on a vertical screen wall in distance of 24 6 ft 7 5 m from the front lens of the headlamp The correct position of the cutoff is 2 0 in 6 cm at 24 6 ft or 7 5 m 0 4 below a horizontal line x cm from ground to the center of the headlamp lens Lateral adjustment of the headlights should be carried out at a specialist workshop with an optical adjustment unit Distance Visual aim shall be performed at not less than 24 6 ft 7 5 m this value is a rounded down con version from the 25 foot distance typical of field aim using a screen The 24 6 ft 7 5 m distance is measured from the headlamp lens to the view ing screen Floor The surface upon which the vehicle rests is flat and approximately level Screen The screen upon which headlamp beams are pro jected is perpendicular to the floor and the vehi cle s longitudinal axis flat uniformly light in color unobstructed and wide and high enough to ac commodate the vehicle beam patterns to be aimed The screen should be wide enough to provide at least 3 3 ft 1 m of space outboard of the vehi cle s headlamp spacing Adjustment screws f Detach side carpeting in luggage compart ment Unscrew plastic nut A Open the cover of th
272. rts bucket seats f Please see your authorized Porsche dealer Porsche recommends the use of a Porsche Child Seat with Lower Anchorage and Tether for Chil dren system LATCH These systems have been tested and adjusted to the interior of your Porsche and the appropriate child weight groups Other systems have not been tested and could entail an increased risk of injury You can obtain child seats that are LATCH compat ible at your authorized Porsche dealer f Always observe the separate installation in structions for your child seat f Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 50 54 Operation Safety Installing a LATCH child seat system 1 Secure the child seat to retaining lugs A as outlined in the instruction manual for the child seat Pull the child seat to check that both fastening points are engaged correctly Note Make sure that the key switch is switched to AUTO once the child seat has been removed in order to provide protection to the adult occupants Child Restraint Anchorages Coup and Targa f Please see the chapter AUTOMATIC LOCKING RETRACTOR on Page 53 f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system If your child restraint seat or seats require the use of a tether strap you will want to use the anchor points provided behind the rear seat backrests un der the carpe
273. rward Switching the acoustic warning signal off f Select LIMIT active with the operating lever f Push operating lever forward Display C Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings 131 Tal S S Ki i ri m Kei Ce T SS 0 neh LIMIT Fecal F Mp Messages ESerure INFO f Push operating lever forward Warning messages f Select Messages with the operating lever Switching on selection field D f Push operating lever forward f Push operating lever forward Any existing warning messages can be called us ing the operating lever Calling warming messages You also can call warning messages which were cancelled during the journey but only until the next f Select INFO with the operating lever a time the ignition is switched on 132 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings Push operating lever forward Push operating lever forwards or pull back werds The display returns to the Info menu Ha 577 ER SAIL z 3 0 ner I meti NFO Senn e J LIMIT a wf Won zt numbers pP Haz 5460 I BO a EE INFO d n Important nos a Phone book KI Service TEL f Push operating lever forward Telephone information Switching on selection field D f Push operating lever forward ane Seer f Push operating lever forward Recalling service information Select INFO with the operating lever Recalling telephone information f Select TEL with the operating lever
274. ry 1 Put battery in and push it all the way to the stop 2 Screw in fastening screw B l Danger Risk of short circuit and explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death f Important connect the positive LH cable first and then the negative ground wire 3 Important connect the positive cable first and then the negative ground wire danger of short circuit 4 Push on central vent hose C Fitting the plastic lid 1 Insert the two outer hooks of the plastic lid into the eye mounts of the lid opening Lower the lid Using both hands push the lid into the eye mounts without using force if too much force is used the hooks may jam and the panel will warp Make sure that the lid is correctly seated 4 Turn the turHocks so that they point in longitudinal direction 5 Press the turHocks down until they audibly engage Practical Tips Emergency Service 265 CHE Replacing the remote control battery The battery should be changed when the range of the radio remote control becomes smaller or when the light emitting diode no longer flashes when the remote control is operated 1 Using your finger nail or a small screwdriver carefully lift off the cover of the key grip arrow 2 Replace the battery paying attention to the polarity Replacement battery Lithium CR 2032 3 volts 266 Practical Tips Emergency Service 3 Replace the cover and press together f
275. s 4 Pull out the Allen key K Mobile Roofs 187 es 1 3 Ta E S 5 Pull the convertible top all the way forward to the windshield Locking the locking hook 1 in the windshield frame f When locking the convertible top make sure that the locking hook engages in the windshield frame Pull the convertible top to the windshield frame if necessary The centering journals M must be retracted into the mounting in the windshield frame 188 Mobile Roofs Insert the Allen key again Turn in the direction of arrow close until you can feel marked resistance and the convertible top is completely locked Remove the Allen key ER 114 Mounting the plastic lid f Push the plastic lid over the convertible top locking mechanism from behind The lid must engage centred in the guide N Push the lid upwards at its front edge and engage T Warning Risk of injury in an accident f Do not drive without the plastic lid mounted RT T 18 Closing the convertible top compartment lid Warning Risk of pinching when closing the convertible top compartment lid f Place your hands on the convertibletop compartment lid when pushing Stand behind the vehicle Grasp the convertibletop compartment lid above the brake light and push forward against resistance which can be felt until it is completely closed Caution Risk of damage to the convertible top f After emergency operation do not o
276. s f Maintain sufficient distance when cleaning with steam et units Signal tones function When reverse gear is selected the parking assistant confirms that it is switched on by issuing a short signal tone A detected obstacle is signalled by an intermit tent tone The intervals decrease as the obstacle iS approached A continuous tone sounds when the distance becomes less than one foot This continuous tone can stop if the obstacle is approached closer than one foot The radio volume should not be so loud as to drown out the signal tones Limits of ultrasonic measurement The parking assistant system cannot detect sound absorbing obstacles e g powder snow sound reflecting obstacles e g glass surfac es flat painted surfaces and very thin obstacles Other ultrasound sources e g pneumatic brakes of other vehicles jackhammers can interfere with detection of obstacles Fault indication The parking assistant system indicates a fault in two ways After reverse gear has been selected the short signal tone is followed by a continuous tone of the same pitch This indicates that sensors are soiled or cov ered with ice After reverse gear has been selected the short signal tone is followed by a continuous tone with a much lower pitch This indicates a general system fault Please have the fault remedied at an author ized Porsche dealer A Control switch for door mirror adjustment Swivel
277. s Your Porsche is equipped with catalytic convert ers and must use UNLEADED FUEL ONLY Your engine is designed to provide optimum per formance and fuel economy using unleaded premi um fuel with an octane rating of 98 RON 93 CLC or AKI Porsche therefore recom mends the use of these fuels in your vehicle Porsche also recognizes that these fuels may not always be available Be assured that your vehicle will operate properly on unleaded premium fuels with octane numbers of at least 95 RON 90 CLC or AKI since the engine s Electronic Oktane knock control will adapt the ignition tiny ing if necessary It is important to observe the regular service inter vals and particularly the oil change intervals specified in the Maintenance booklet The use of UNLEADED FUEL ONLY is critically important to the life of the catalytic converters Deposits from leaded fuels will ruin the converters and make it ineffective as an emission control device Cars with catalytic converters have a smaller fuel tank opening and gas station pumps have smaller nozzles This will prevent accidental pumping of leaded fuel into cars with catalytic converters Unleaded fuels may not be available outside the continental U S and Canada Therefore we rec ommend you do not take your car to areas or countries where unleaded fuel may not be availa ble Octane ratings Octane rating indicates a fuel s ability to resist det onation
278. s Emergency Service 243 Example of Inscription Inscription on radial tire A Tire size Example P 295 30 ZR 19 100 Y P The tire is designed for Passenger vehicle This information is not included on all tires 295 Indication of tire width in mm 30 Indication of tire height to tire width ratio in percent 244 Practical Tips Emergency Service ZR code letter for radial tires for soeeds above 150 mph 240 kb There are currently no standards concerning tire strength at speeds above 150 mph 240 kr bi R Belt type code letter for radial 19 Indication of rim diameter in inches 100 Load Capacity coefficient Y Speed code letter XL Extra Load Tire with increased load rat ing B TIN Tire Identification Number Example DOT xx xx XXXX XXXX DOT The DOT symbol indicates that the tires com ply with the requirements of the US Depart ment of Transportation and provides informa tion about first two digit code means manufacturer s iden tification mark second two digit code means tire size third four digit code means tire type code fourth four digit code means date of manufac ture If for example the last four numbers read 0204 the tire was produced in the 2nd week of 2004 C Tire ply composition and material The number of layers in the tread and sidewalls and their material composition D Maximum permissible inflation pressure The maximum permissible cold infla
279. s etc as these may cause injury f Several layers of heavy clothing may interfere with proper positioning of belts f Belts must not rub against sharp objects or damage may occur to the belt f Two occupants should never share the same belt at the same time Care and maintenance f Keep belt buckles free of any obstruction that may prevent a secure locking f Belts that have been subjected to excessive stretch forces in an accident must be inspect ed or replaced to ensure their continued effec tiveness in restraining you The same applies to belt tensioner systems which have been triggered In addition the anchor points of the belts should be checked f If safety belts do not work properly see your authorized Porsche dealer immediately f If the belts show damage to webbing bindings buckles or retractors they should be replaced to ensure safe operation f Do not modify or disassemble the safety belts in your vehicle f The belts must be kept clean or the retractors may not work properly Please see the chapter CAR CARE INSTRUC TIONS on Page 224 f Never bleach or dye safety belts f Do not allow safety belts to retract until they are completely dry after cleaning or this may Cause damage to the belt Belt tensioner Depending on the force of an impact fastened front seat safety belts are tightened in an acci dent The belt tensioners are triggered in Front side and rear impacts of suff
280. s button Aon the automatic speed control lever The green readiness light in the soeedometer goes off Note The stored speed value is cleared when the vehicle is parked and the ignition is switched off Important note On upward or downward slopes the set speed cannot always be maintained by the automatic speed control f To obtain sufficient engine braking or a better engine speed range a lower gear needs to be selected Operation Safety 37 Cupholder holder for drink cans and cups f Keep the cupholder closed while driving IN Warning Risk of scalding or damage due to spilling drinks f Only use beverage containers which fit f Never put overfull containers in the cupholder f Never place hot drinks in the cupholder d e Extending cupholder f Press the symbol for the respective cupholder The cupholder extends out f Press the panel The panel opens f Close panel in the middle The cupholder diameter can be increased by pull ing it out to hold larger containers 83 Operation Safety Closing cupholder Push cupholder drawer in Open panel in the middle Close and engage the cupholder gt gt a Th Close panel in the middle Pulling cupholder out f Pull out holder arrow f Insert container f Carefully slide holder inwards to adjust it to the container size Ashtray Opening f Open ashtray lid Operation Safety 389 Emptying f Open ashtray and careful
281. s must only be used without 5 mm spacers fitted f Tightening torque for both wheel bolts 96 ftb 130 Nm Electrical System In order to avoid damage and faults in electrical or electronic systems electrical accessories should be installed at your authorized Porsche dealer f Only use accessories authorized by Porsche l Warning Risk of short circuit and fire resulting in serious personal injury or death Replacing fuses or relays with the engine running or the ignition on could cause elec trical shock f Disconnect the negative terminal on the battery during all work on the electrical system Please see the chapter BATTERY on Page 261 Relays Defective relays should be changed only by an authorized workshop In storage tray between the front seats Sockets Electrical accessories should preferably be connected to the 12 V sockets f Please observe the maximum power consumption Note on operation The tire filling Compressor must be connected to the cigarette lighter In the passenger s footwell Note on operation The sockets and thus the connected electrical accessories function even if the ignition is switched off or the ignition key is withdrawn If the engine is not running and the accessories are switched on the vehicle battery will be dis charged Do not operate additional accessories for more than 5 minutes when engine is off Continuing to do so may drain the battery such
282. s of the central locking system will be locked The alarm system is switched on The passenger compartment monitoring sys tem is switched off The fault should be remedied immediately at an authorized Porsche dealer Indication by errergency flasher and alarm horn If the remote control is used for unlocking or locking a response is provided by the emergency flasher Unlocking single flash Locking double flash Locking twice continuous illumination for ap prox 2 seconds The passenger compartment monitoring is switched off Fault indication A double horn signal during locking indicates a defect in the central locking or alarm system Have the defect remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Overload protection If the central locking system is operated more than ten times within a minute further operation is blocked for 30 seconds Central locking button The central locking button on the dashboard lets you lock and unlock both doors electrically Note If the doors are locked with the key or remote con trol they can not be opened by pressing the cen tral locking button Locking f Press the central locking button Indicator light in the button lights up if ignition is on Unlocking f Press the central locking button Indicator light goes out If the doors were locked with the central locking button they can be opened by pulling the inner door handle 1 Pull inner door handle
283. s special programming available only from your authorized Porsche dealer Please see the chapter KEY OPERATED AIRBAG DEACTIVATION DEVICE on Page 49 Direction of installation for child restraint systems According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Under all normal circumstances the forward facing child seat must be placed in the rear Group O and O Children up to 29 Ibs 13 kg Children of this weight must be transported ina restraint system which is installed on the passenger s seat facing rearward Group I Children in between 20 Ibs 9 kg and 40 Ibs 18 kg Children of this weight are held in child restraint systems facing forward Whenever possible these child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats Group II Children in between 33 Ibs 15 kg and 55 Ibs 25 kg Children of this weight are held in child restraint systems facing forward Whenever possible these child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats Group Ill Children in between 49 Ibs 22 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg Children of this weight are held in child restraint systems facing forward Whenever possible these child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats If a child restraint system must be fastened to the passenger s seat the passenger s seat must be adjusted to the lower rear position
284. s stationary e g ata junction The system leaves manual selection mode automatically after approx 8 seconds unless cornering or overrunning after driving off Shifting Gears 1 73 Kickdown The kickdown function is active in selector lever positions D and M f For optimum acceleration e g when overtaking depress the accelerator pedal beyond the fullthrottle point kickdown The transmission shifts down depending on the speed of travel and engine speed Upward shifts occur at the highest possible engine speeds 1 14 Shifting Gears M Manual selection mode The currently selected gear is retained when you change from D to M If you change from M to D the gear changing map suitable for your current driving style is selected and the appropriate gear is selected The selector lever and the two shift buttons in the top steering wheel spokes allow you to comfort ably and reliably select the seven forward gears Shifting up f Press the PDK selector lever or shift button on the steering wheel forward Shifting down f Pull the PDK selector lever or shift button on the steering wheel back You can shift up or down by the corresponding number of gears by quickly pressing or pulling the shift buttons or selector lever several times in succession The transmission can be shifted up or down by several gears in succession by continuously operating the selector lever or shift buttons D
285. sary to advise you on wheel and tire compatibility Snow tires should have the same load capacity as original equipment tires and should be mounted on all four wheels Snow tires with studs should be run at moderate speeds when new in order to give the studs time to settle l Danger Tires wth badly worn treads and studs are very dangerous and could cause accidents resulting in serious personal injuries or death f Make sure they are replaced immediately f Do not drive a vehicle equipped with snow tires at prolonged high speed Snow tires do not have the same degree of traction on dry wet or snowfree roads as a normal tire Furthermore snow tires wear rapidly under these conditions Comply with all state and local laws governing snow tire and tread depth requirements l Danger Risk of accident and serious personal injury or death due to excessive speed f Always check the maximum speed rating on the tire sidewall on any tire on the vehicle f Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tires f Fit winter tires to both axles well before the cold season begins Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you Maintenance note Ve recommend fitting snow tires on the vehicle at temperatures below 45 F 7 C since the driving performance of summer tires is reduced at low temperatures Summer tires may be permanently damaged at extremely low temperatures Winter tires lose their traction cap
286. sche Communication Management PCM 98 Car Telephone and Aftermarket Alarms 100 IPod USB ANd AUX cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 101 Fire Extinguisher eege ENEE HomeLink Operation Safety Operation Safety 13 Never inute car theft An unlocked car with the key in the ignition lock invites car theft A steering wheel lock and a gong alarm are standard equipment in your Porsche The gong alarm will sound if you open the driver s door while the key is still in the ignition lock It is your reminder to pull the key out of the ignition lock and to lock the doors l Warning Any uncontrolled movement of the vehicle may result in property damage serious per sonal injury or death Never leave your vehicle unattended with the key in the ignition lock especially if children and or pets are left unattended in the vehi cle They can operate power windows and other controls If the engine is left running they may accidentally engage the shift lever Serious personal injury or death could result from loss of control of the vehicle f Always remove the ignition key f Always set the parking brake f Lock the doors with the remote control 14 Operation Safety IN Warning Risk of a serious accident The steering column will lock when you re move the key while you are driving or as the Car is rolling to a stop You will not be able to steer the car Serious personal injury or death could result from lo
287. se f The passenger should sit in the rear seat until the fault is repaired f Have the fault remedied at the nearest autho rized Porsche dealer Autorratic locking retractor f Do not install a child restraint system in the Sports bucket seat The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped with the LATCH system The safety belts for the front passenger and rear seats are equipped with an automatic locking re tractor for securing the child restraint system When activated this retractor allows you to se curely fasten the child restraint system in place so that inadvertent movements will not occur H Danger The use of a child restraint system on the front passenger seat can result in serious personal injury or death to the child from an airbag deployment To reduce risk of injury from an inflating air bag in an accident Porsche strongly recom mends f Under all normal circumstances forward fa cing child seats must be placed in the rear Before transporting a child on the passenger s seat f Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 50 H Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death to the child when excessive force is acting on the passenger s seat due to the seat belt In such cases the passenger s airbag can be switched on unintentionally f After fastening the child restraint system do not adjust the seat f Check the condition of the passenger s airbag shown by the indicator
288. sive to throttle inputs When Sport mode is switched on this function is activated only after the driver has floored the accelerator pedal or released it briefly 64 Operation Safety The rpm limiter characteristic is harder i e the engine is immediately throttled when the performance limits are reached only in manual selection mode for vehicles with PDK transmis sion Please observe the chapters on PSM PASM and PDK Switching Sport mode on and off Switching Sport mode on and off simultaneously activates and deactivates the Sport mode in PASM If PASM Sport mode was activated with the PASM button PASM remains active After the ignition is switched off Sport mode is automatically reset to Normal mode SPORT button f Press SPORT button A in the center console When Sport mode is switched on the light emitting diode in the SPORT button is lit A sporty gear changing map is enabled and the gear shifting times are shortened for the PDK transmission A sporty driving style is recognized more quickly and the gear changing speeds are adapted to driving performance Deceleration downshifts are commenced earlier Downshifts are made during slight decelerations even at higher engine speeds f Please see the chapter SPORT MODE SPORT AND SPORT PLUS MODES on Page 172 SPORT PLUS button only on vehicles wth PDK transmission In Sport Plus mode the PDK transmission changes to
289. splay corresponds to a top up quantity of approx 0 42 quarts 0 4 litre f Add engine oil if necessary Switch off ignition before adding engine oil 154 Instruments Or Board Computer Warnings f Please see the chapter ENGINE OIL LEVEL on Page 208 f Never add more engine oil than required to reach the maximum mark Failure A failure of the oil level display is indicated by a warning message on the onboard computer Check engine oil level display The onboard computer display Check engine oil level is an additional measurement that takes place in the background while driving The display depends on the distance travelled This display appears if the oil level has reached the minimum mark or if the oil level is well above the maximum mark This message must be acknowledged by measuring the engine oil level manually using the onboard computer f Please see the chapter INITIATING OIL LEVEL MEASUREMENT on Page 153 If oil level measurement was initiated manually on the onboard computer and no oil was added the message Check engine oil level is displayed again when the vehicle is driven SET Basic setting on on board computer Hb2 508 H T 538 Switching on selection field D f Push operating lever forward ng 0 npr Sat Reset P Changing the basic setting of the on board e wa computer 7 i f Select SET with the operating lever t Urit s AHE f
290. ss of control of the vehicle f Never remove the key from the steering lock While you are driving To protect your vehicle and your possessions from theft you should always proceed as follows when leaving your vehicle f Close windows f Close lifting sliding roof f Close convertible top with the convertible top open the passenger compartment monitoring system is always switched off f Close the sliding glass roof Targa with the sliding glass roof open the passenger com partment monitoring system is always Switched off Remove ignition key Engage steering lock Lock glove compartment gt a gt rb bh Remove valuables e g car documents tele phone house keys from the car f Lock doors Keys f Please see the chapter ALARM SYSTEM PAS SENGER COMPARTMENT MONITORING on Page 23 f Please see the chapter CENTRAL LOCKING on Page 19 Two car keys are supplied with your Porsche These keys operate all the locks on your vehicle f Be careful with your car keys do not part with them except under exceptional circumstances f To avoid battery rundown always remove the ignition key from the ignition lock Replacement keys Replacement car keys can be obtained only from your authorized Porsche dealer and this can sometimes be very time consuming You should therefore always keep a spare key on your person Keep it in a safe place e g wallet but under no circumstances in or on the
291. ss type or edge chains Snow chain clearance can be guaranteed only on the tire rim combination marked without spacers Please see the chapter SPACERS 911 CARRERA 911 CARRERA S on Page 255 Tire and rim sizes Extensive tests are performed before specific tires and wheels are approved by Porsche Your Porsche dealer has informa tion about approved tires and wheels and is happy to assist you If aftermarket tires and or wheels are installed which are not approved by Porsche the vehicle s driveability stability while in motion and handling characteristics might be impaired Since Porsche has no data on such combinations Porsche cannot stand behind the safety or durability of these aftermarket combinations 911 Carrera S Summer tires 19 inch only Technical Data 287 7 Tires Rims Tracks 911 Carrera 4 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4 911 Targa 4S Tire Rim Rim offset Track Summer tires front 235 40 ZR 18 91Y 8J x18 H2 57 mm 58 6 in 1488 mm rear 295 35 ZR 18 OO 11J x18 H2 51 mm 60 9 in 1548 mm or front 235 35 ZR 19 877 8J x19 H2 57 mm 58 6 in 1488 mm rear 305 30 ZR 19 102Y XL 11 x19 H2 51 mm 60 9 in 1548 mm or front 235 35 ZR 19 87Y 8 5J x19 H2 55 mm 58 6 in 1488 mm rear 305 30 ZR 19 102Y XL 11 5J x19 H2 50 mm 60 9 in 1548 mm Snow tires front 235 40 R18 91VM S 8J x18 H2 57 mm 58 6 in 1488 mm rear 295 35 R18 99V M S 11J x18 H2 51 mm 60 9 in 1548 mm or front 235 35 R 19 87V M S 8J x19 H2 57 mm 58 6 in 1488 mm
292. st manifold exhaust pipes catalytic converters or heat shields During driving the substance used for undercoating could overheat and ignite How Emission Control Works When an automobile engine is running it uses en ergy generated through the combustion of a mix ture of air and fuel Depending on whether a car is driven fast or slowly or whether the engine is cold or hot some of the fuel hydrocarbons may not be burned completely but may be discharged into the engine crankcase or exhaust system Additon al hydrocarbons may enter the atmosphere through evaporation of fuel from the fuel tank These hydrocarbons HC when released into the air contribute to undesirable pollution In addition carbon monoxide CO and oxides of nitrogen NOx contribute to engine emissions They too are formed during the combustion proc ess and discharged into the exhaust system To reduce these pollutants your Porsche is equipped with a precisely calibrated fuel injection systemto assure a finely balanced air fuel mixture under all operating conditions Oxygen sensor The oxygen sensor installed in the exhaust pipe continuously senses the oxygen content of the exhaust and signals the information to an electron ic control unit The control unit corrects the air fuel ratio so the engine always receives an accu rately metered air fuel mixture Crankcase ventilation Through crankcase ventilation undesirable emis sions from the e
293. sure increases risk of a tire failure and resulting loss of control Furthermore low tire pres sure increases rate of wear of the affected tires f Checktires including sidewalls regularly for foreign bodies nicks cuts cracks and bulges f After driving off road examine tires for signs of damage such as cuts tears bulges or for eign objects stuck in the tread Replace a dam aged tire if necessary f Cross curb edges slowly and at right angles if possible Avoid driving over steep or sharp curbs f In cases of doubt have the wheel particularly the inner side checked by an authorized Porsche dealer 240 Practical Tips Emergency Service Tire replacements If in doubt contact your Porsche dealer Use only tire makes and types approved by Porsche If you do not use a Porsche recommended replacement tire make sure that you purchase your newtres from a reputable tire dealer and that the dealer complies with all manufacturers warnings for those tires Only tires with the same make and with the same specification code e g NO N1 can be mounted Before mounting new tires check with your Porsche dealer about the current release Status Use tires wth ZR quality standards There are currently no standards concerning tire strength at speeds above 150 mph 240 kr bi Tires should be replaced no less than on one axle at the time Only tires of the same make and type must be used Mixed
294. system Press the programming button on the receiver for the garage door actuator Afterwards you usually have approx 30 seconds to initiate step 5 5 Press the allocated HomeLink button twice Vth some devices the button to be allocated must be pressed a third time in order to complete the setting process 6 Repeat the programming steps to allocate other buttons Note Several attempts with different distances between the vehicle and the original hand held transmitter might be necessary The daytime driving lights will flash once the 5 minutes have been exceeded Programming must be repeated from the beginning f Please consult your authorized Porsche dealer if you have not been able to successfully allocate signals for the garage door opener to the buttons even though you have carefully followed the instructions in this chapter and the operating instructions for the original hand held transmitter Deleting programmed signals of the HomeLink e g when selling the vehicle Keep the two outer buttons 1 and 3 depressed for approx 20 seconds until light emitting diode A begins to flash quickly All programmed signals of buttons 1 to 3 are deleted Autorretic Air Conditioning System Heated Rear Window Door Mirror Heating Automatic Air Conditioning System 106 Central and Gevarte NEEN 109 Freshraiir Intake ENEE 109 Heated Rear Window Door Mirror Heating 110 Automatic Air Conditioning System
295. t To ensure proper installation see your authorized Porsche dealer Note If a child seat with top tether is adapted for use on the front seat the rear right passenger s side an chor point must be used for anchoring the top tether It is then not permitted for a passenger to use the rear right passenger s side seat H Warning Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no cir cumstances are they to be used for adults safety belts or harnesses Such use could re sult in serious personal injury or death f Do not misuse the child restraint anchorages They are not designed to withstand loads imposed by adults f Only attach one child seat tether per ancho rage Operation Safety 55 Rollover Protection System The Rollover Protection System on the Cabriolet consists of two supplemental safety bars that to gether with the front windshield frame help to cre ate occupant Survival space in case of rollover Be cause of the extreme and unpredictable forces which can be encountered in a rollover it is not possible to guarantee that occupants will be pro tected from all contact with exterior objects or the ground However the Rollover Protection System is designed to maintain the occupant Survival space The Rollover Protection System is activated auto matically in the event of an accident or extreme driving situation The prot
296. t opened The glass rear hatch must be closed Opening sliding glass roof H Warning Risk of injury and damage f Before opening the sliding glass roof ensure that there are no persons or objects in the range of movement f Push the rocker switch and hold it until the sliding glass roof has reached the desired po sition Closing the sliding glass roof H Warning Risk of injury and damage f Before closing the sliding glass roof ensure that there are no persons or objects in the range of movement f Pull the rocker switch and hold it until the sliding glass roof is closed and completely raised Gass rear hatch Opening the glass rear hatch The sliding glass roof must be closed f To unlock it operate the pull outton A beside the driver s seat or f push the button for the glass rear hatch on the remote control f Please see the chapter KEY WTH RADIO RE MOTE CONTROL on Page 16 f Lift glass rear hatch The interior light is switched on when the glass rear hatch is unlocked Mobile Roofs 2 O 1 Closing glass rear hatch 1 Warning Risk of pinching The glass rear hatch is automatically pulled into the lock and locked f Ensure that your fingers are not caught under the glass rear hatch f Place your hand on the glass rear hatch f Lower the glass rear hatch until it is automati cally closed and locked Message in on board computer Glass rear hatch A message appears on
297. t speed is ex ceeded For the signal to sound again the driving speed must fall below the preset speed by at least 3 mph 5 kn7h Switching on selection field D f Push operating lever forward Setting the speed f Select LIMIT with the operating lever 3 4 Re Haiti current mph N E 31 mph K OF active f Push operating lever forward Instruments On Board Computer Warnings 129 H 2 507 4 5 ee Hait current mph 31 meh E active Bee 2 Option 1 Accepting current speed f Push operating lever forward The acoustic warning signal is activated for the Current speed Display m If the vehicle is stationary the message Cannot be accepted with car stopped is displayed 130 Instruments OnBoard Computer Warnings LIMIT current mph Fi Option 2 Presetting speed f Select LIMIT active with the operating lever f C not active O active If not active push the operating lever for ward H z 317 Select xx mph with the operating lever Push operating lever forward H z 510 Haz 510 d LIMIT current mph t EE meh E active f Push operating lever slightly up or down until the desired speed is reached upwards speed is increased downwards speed is decreased Note Holding the lever up or down for a longer period will adjust the speed in steps of 6 mph 10 kr bi f Push operating lever fo
298. t started or unlocked with the re mote control within 7 days the remote control standby function is switched off to prevent dis charging of the vehicle battery 1 Inthis case unlock the driver s door with the key at the door lock Leave the door closed in order to prevent the alarm system from being triggered 2 Press button 1 on the remote control The remote control is now activated again and the alarm system is switched off Operational readiness of the remote control interrupted Encoded data is transmitted to the vehicle each time the wireless remote control is operated If the remote control is operated too often outside the range of the vehicle this can result in the central locking system no longer responding In this case the remote control and vehicle must be synchronized Carrying out the synchronization 1 Unlock the driver s door with the key at the door lock 2 Open driver s door and insert the ignition key into the ignition lock within 10 seconds to prevent the alarm system from being triggered 3 With the key inserted press and hold button 1 on the remote control for approx 5 seconds The synchronization is now complete Operation Safety 17 Doors If the door windows are closed they will be auto matically opened by a few millimeters when the doors are opened and when the doors are closed they will be closed again This makes it easier to open and close the doors and protects th
299. t ventilation right Switching on seat ventilation High ventilation f Press button once Three light emitting diodes light up Medium ventilation f Press button twice Two light emitting diodes light up Low ventilation f Press button three times One light emitting diode lights up Switching off seat ventilation f Press button as often as necessary until all light emitting diodes go out Rear Seat Backrests Extra storage space is gained by folding the rear seat backrests forward Folding forward f Pull lever forward and fold the backrest forward Folding back f Tilt the backrest back until you feel it click into place When doing so make sure that the seat belt is properly routed See figure Cabriolet f Do not fold up the rear seat backrests with the windstop installed Steering Wheel Adjustment H Warning Risk of accident The steering wheel may move further than desired if you attempt to adjust it when driving You can lose control of the vehicle causing serious personal injury or death f Do not adjust the steering wheel when driving Adjusting steering wheel height and longitudinal direction 1 Insert ignition key fully into ignition lock 2 Push the locking lever downwards 3 Adjust steering wheel to fit the chosen backrest angle and your seat position by moving the steering wheel up or down and longitudinally 4 Swivel locking lever back until you feel it en gage If
300. ted Remedy Do not hold the vehicle with the accelerator on a hill for example Hold the vehicle with the brake Reduce engine load If possible stop the vehicle in a suitable place Allow the engine to run in selector lever position P or N until the warning disappears Mobile Roofs LiftING Sliding Root 178 Converubple Tele EE 181 Emergency operation of the convertible top 183 Te e COD WEE 190 Hardtop areas gece caer anne nanerlecin ecte uoee eee e cease 194 Cel Ee 200 Roof Transport Gxeterm 204 Mobile Roofs 17 77 Lifting Sliding Roof DN Warning Risk of injury when operating or automatical ly closing the lifting sliding roof f Take care to ensure that nobody can be injured when the lifting sliding roof is operated f Always withdraw the ignition key when leaving the vehicle Uninformed persons e g children could injure themselves by operating the lift ing sliding roof f Incase of danger release the button immedi ately and operate the lifting sliding roof in the Opposite direction 178 mobile Roofs Readiness for operation When the ignition is switched on engine switched on or off or With doors closed and ignition key withdrawn but only until a door is first opened A Opening the lifting sliding roof f Press rear of rocker switch A until lifting slid ing roof reaches the desired position One touch operation f Touch rear of rocker switch A Lifting sliding ro
301. that it may go completely dead Maximum power consumption for both sock ets together 70 W Practical Tips Emergency Service 25 7 Alarmsystem central locking The status of the central locking and alarmsystem is not changed by disconnecting the battery When the battery is disconnected the alarm system ceases to function Central locking Overload protection If the central locking system is operated more than ten times within a minute further operation is blocked for 30 seconds 258 Practical Tips Emergency Service Load swtch off after 2 hours or 7 days If the ignition key is removed loads which are switched on or are in standby mode such as the luggage compartment light interior light are automatically switched off after approx 2 hours The Radio PCM is automatically switched off after approx 10 minutes If the vehicle is not started or unlocked with the remote control within 7 days the remote control standby function is switched off to save the vehicle battery 1 In this case unlock the driver s door with the key at the door lock Leave the door closed in order to prevent the alarm system from being triggered 2 Press button 1 on the remote control The remote control is now activated again 4 Replace only with fuses of the same rating Ve recommend using genuine Porsche fuses for replacement Note f If a fuse blows repeatedly consult an author ized Porsche dealer f Never try to
302. the inside using the un locking handle The handle is fluorescent and glows in the dark Note f Whenloading the luggage compartment make sure that items of luggage or other objects cannot become caught on the handle This could cause the luggage compartment to open unintentionally Warning light A warning message in the onboard computer lights up when the unlocking handle is operated f Stop the vehicle immediately when the warming lights light up f Check the luggage compartment f Close the lid Function wth vehicle stationary If the luggage compartment lid is unlocked with unlocking the handle the lid can be opened from the inside immediately Function with vehicle in motion If the luggage compartment lid is unlocked with the unlocking handle when a speed of 2 mph 3 km h is exceeded the warning message in the onboard computer lights up At the same time the lid is unlocked and the latch striker pops into the catchhook position H Danger Risk of accident If the warning message in the on board com puter lights up when the vehicle is in motion the lid may impact in front of the windshield and can tear off You can lose control of the vehicle and seri ous personal injury or death may result f Stop the vehicle immediately when the warning message lights up f Check the luggage compartment f Close the lid Note The lid cannot be opened from the inside if the bat tery is disconnected or
303. the security wheel bolts along with the car key Operation Safety 15 4 123 1 Central locking button 2 Luggage compartment lid button 3 Button for glass rear hatch Targa 4 Light emitting diode 16 Operation Safety Ratio Key wth Radio Remote Control Unlocking the vehicle f Press button 1 Locking the vehicle f Press button 1 Switching off the alarm system if it is triggered accidentally f Press button 1 Unlocking luggage compartment lid or glass rear hatch Targa f Luggage compartment lid Press button 2 for approx two seconds f Glass rear hatch Targa Press button 3 for approx two seconds If the vehicle was locked it is unlocked simultane ously with the luggage compartment glass rear hatch Targa In vehicles with seat memory the stored seat and door mirror positions are automatically set The vehicle will be locked again approx 80 seconds after the luggage compartment glass rear hatch Targa is closed if none of the doors was opened Note Your authorized Porsche dealer can program fur ther types of unlocking for the luggage compart ment glass rear hatch Targa Type 1 The relocking time of the doors can be adjusted to suit your individual requirements 10 100 seconds Type 2 The doors stay locked when the luggage compart ment glass rear hatch Targa is unlocked The remote control standby function switches off after 7 days If the vehicle is no
304. this case it is advisable to change the oil more frequently so that your en gine once again has 100 efficient engine oil Engine oil performance class Engine oil is not only a lubricant but also serves to keep the engine clean to neutralize the dirt which penetrates into the engine through combus tion and to protect the engine against corrosion To performthese functions the oil is provided with additives which have been specially developed for these functions The efficiency of an oil is expressed for example by the API ILSAC or ACEA classifications Viscosity Like all liquids engine oil is viscous when cold and thin oodied when warm The viscosity of an oil is expressed by its SAE class For cold viscosity measured at temperatures below 32 F 0 C the SAE class is given as a number and the letter VV as in winter for hot viscosity measured at 212 F 100 C the SAE class is given only as a number The viscosity of an oil is therefore always the Safe if it has the same number of an SAE class Oils with two viscosities are called multigrade oils oils with only one viscosity are termed single grade oils Single grade oils can not be used in your engine The viscosity of the engine oil for your Porsche has to be chosen according to the ambient tem perature given in the engine oil recommendation table Maintenance Car Care 2 1 1 Brake Fluid Level f Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREM
305. timal lap times particu larly on race circuits and a dry road surface E PSM multifunctional light on The multifunctional light on the instrument panel lights up for a lamp check when the ignition is switched on The light indicates a control operation by flashing including when PSM is switched off brake control in the event of one sided wheel Spin In conjunction with a message on the onboard computer the light indicates that PSM is Switched off An acoustic signal also sounds The light indicates a fault in conjunction with a message on the onboard computer PSM is out of order 68 Operation Safety Please have the fault remedied at an author ized Porsche dealer Please see the chapter PUTTING VEHICLE INTO OPERATION on Page 263 Towing f Please see the chapter TOVING on Page 280 Checks on test stands Brake tests Brake tests must be performed only on platetype test stands or roller test stands The ignition must be switched off The following limit values must not be exceeded on roller test stands Testing speed 5 mph 8 kb Test duration 20 seconds Handbrake tests Handbrake tests on the roller test stand must be performed only with the ignition switched off Porsche Active Suspension Management PASM PASM makes two running gear setups available to the driver Normal and Sport The selection is made via a button on the center console I
306. tion pressure to which a tire can be inflated f Do not exceed the permissible inflation pressure E Maximum Load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds can be carried by the tire If you replace tires always use a tire that has the same maximum load rating as the factory installed tire F Radial The identification indicates if the tire has radial structure G Term of tubeless or tube tire Identification for tubeless tires Speed code letter The speed code letter indicates the maximum per missible speed for the tire This code letter is shown on the tire sidewall up to 118 mph 190 kb upto 131 mph 210 kwh upto 150 mph 240 kmh up to 167 mph 270 knYh up to 186 mph 300 kny h up to 186 mph 300 kny h as for Y tires Speeds of more than 300 knyh 186 mph are also possible at a maximum tire load capacity of 85 confirmation from tire manufacturer required for speeds of more than 186 mph 300 kny h OG a Se td Il Tip on driving Tires with a maximum speed rating that is lower than the specified maximum vehicle speed may be mounted only if they bear an M S identification on the tire sidewall f Please note that in addition to the winter tires all season and all terrain tires are also subject to speed limits and bear this identification Inscription on light alloy wheels Maintenance note f Protect the valve inserts against soiling with valve caps Use only plastic valve caps
307. tires are not permissible Initially new tires do not have their full traction You should therefore drive at moderate speeds during the first 60 120 miles 100 200 km If new tires are installed only on one axle a notice able change in handling occurs due to the different tread depth of the other tires This happens especially if only rear tires are re placed However this condition disappears as the new tires are broken in f Please adjust your driving style accordingly Installation of new tires should only be done by a qualified tire technician Valves Rubber valve stems must be replaced every time a tire is replaced For metal valves the installation and replacement instructions must be observed f Use only genuine Porsche metal valves f Protect the valve inserts against soiling with valve caps Soiled valve inserts can cause a gradual loss of air f Use only plastic valve caps Parking at the curb H Warning Hard impacts against curbs or traffic islands are dangerous and may cause hid den tire damage which is not noticeable unti later Such damage can result in accidents at high speeds causing serious personal injury or death Depending on the force of impact the edge of the rim can also be damaged f Ifyou are in doubt have the wheel checked by an expert particularly if you suspect damage on the inside f Ifyou must drive over a curb or other obstacle drive slowly and at an obtuse
308. to 2 persons without luggage 34 psi 2 3 bar 38 psi 2 6 bar 34 psi 2 3 bar 4O psi 2 7 bar Summer and snow tires 911 Carrera 4 911 Carrera 4S 911 Targa 4 911 Targa 4S 18 inch wheels front rear 19 inch wheels front rear partially loaded up to 2 persons without luggage 34 psi 2 3 bar 37 psi 2 5 bar 34 psi 2 3 bar 37 psi 2 5 bar These tire filling pressures apply only to the tire makes and types approved by Porsche Please see the chapter TIRES WHEELS on Page 235 Please see the chapter TPM TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING on Page 143 fully loaded as of 2 persons with luggage 37 psi 2 5 bar 44 psi 3 0 bar 37 psi 2 5 bar 44 psi 3 0 bar fully loaded as of 2 persons with luggage 37 psi 2 5 bar 44 psi 3 0 bar 37 psi 2 5 bar 44 psi 3 0 bar Technical Data 289 Capacities Use only fluids and fuels authorized by Porsche Your authorized Porsche dealer will gladly advise you Your Porsche has been designed so that it is not necessary to mix any additives with oils or fuels Engine Coolant Manual transmission and differential Porsche Doppelkupplung Wheel set Porsche Doppelkupplung Clutch hydraulic fluid Fuel tank Fuel quality Power steering Brake fluid Windshield washer 290 Technical Data Oil change quantity with oil filter approx 7 9 quarts 7 5 liters Please see the chapter ENGINE OIL on Page 208 approx 7 63 8 32 U S
309. to open door Note f Informany person remaining in the car that the alarm system will be triggered if the door is opened Fault indication A double horn signal during locking indicates a defect in the central locking or alarm system f Have the defect remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer A Power window in driver s door B Power window in passenger s door C Cabriolet Switching button for front rear power windows Power Windows H Warning Risk of injury when the door windows close This applies especially if the windows are closed with the one touch operation be Cause with this function the window goes up automatically f Make sure that fingers hands arms or other parts are not in the way when the windows are closed f Remove the ignition key to shut off power to the window switches when the vehicle is not attended by a responsible person Uninformed persons could injure themselves by operating the power windows f Incase of danger release the button on the car key immediately f Do not leave children in the car unattended Risk of an accident f Do not put anything on or near the windows that may interfere with the driver s vision Readiness for operation of power windows When the ignition is switched on engine switched on or off or with doors closed and ignition key withdrawn but only until door is first opened One touch operation for closing the door windows is available only
310. to the manufacture of your Porsche including advanced engineering rigid quality control and demanding inspections These engineering and safety features will be enhanced by you the safe driver who knows his her car and all controls who maintains the vehicle properly who uses driving skills wisely and always drives within her his own capabilities and the level of familiarity with the vehicle You will find helpful hints in this manual on how to perform most of the checks listed on the following pages If in doubt have these checks performed by your authorized Porsche dealer 8 Before driving off Before driving off Check the following items first f Turn the engine off before you attempt any checks or repairs on the vehicle f Besure the tires are inflated correctly Check tires for damage and tire wear f See that wheel bolts are properly tightened and not loose or missing f Check engine oil level add if necessary Make it a habit to have engine oil checked with every fuel filling f Check all fluid levels such as windshield washer and brake fluid levels f Be sure the vehicle battery is well charged and cranks the engine properly f Check all doors and lids for proper operation and latch them properly f Check and if necessary replace worn or cracked wiper blades f See that all windows are clear and unob structed f Check air intake slots and area between lug gage compartme
311. tor light reversing light side marker Daytime driving lights off Headlight beam adjustment faulty Front lid not closed Rear lid not closed Targa flap not closed Rain sensor faulty Steering wheel heating ON Steering wheel heating OFF Launch control active Drive Off Assistant failure Refill washer fluid Meaning measure The reported light is faulty Check bulb Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Daytime driving lights switch off when the en gine is shut off Switch on lights if necessary Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Close luggage compartment lid properly Close engine compartment lid properly Close glass rear hatch Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Steering wheel heating was switched on Steering wheel heating was switched off Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Warnings 159 Instrument On board panel computer Fuel gage warning CN light Werning light Temperature gage Temperature gage E warning light flash es Ca Ca e Temperature gage warning light flash es 1 60 Warnings Text display on on board computer LIMIT Cannot be accepted with vehicle stopped LIMIT 30 Consider remaining range Check engine oil level Engine oil pressure too low Engine temperature too high Check coolant level Engine diagnostics workshop Reduced engine power
312. ttent or sensor operation f Do not operate the headlight washer in car washes f Do not operate headlight washer when it is frozen Front wiper and headlight washer system O Windshield wipers off 1 Rain sensor operation for front windshield wipers f Move wiper lever upwards to the first click Please see the chapter RAIN SENSOR on Page 85 Windshield wipers slow Move wiper lever upwards to the second click Windshield wipers fast Move wiper lever upwards to the third click A DW gt N Front windshield wiper one touch oper ation f Move wiper lever downwards The front wind shield wipers wipe once 5 Windshield wipers and washer system f Pull wiper lever towards the steering wheel The washer system sprays and wipes while the lever is pulled towards the steering wheel When the wiper lever is released a few drying wipes are executed A Headlight washer The washer sprays only while low beam or high beam is switched on f Briefly push button A to operate headlight washer system f If heavily soiled repeat wash The headlight washer system automatically sprays once for every ten times the front windshield washer system is operated Note The windshield washer nozzles are heated when the ignition is on as a precaution against freezing Operation Safety 83 The rear wiper is automatically switched off when a speed of 130 mph 210 kr h is exceeded It is switched on agai
313. uate due to lack of prop er service facilities tools or diagnostic equip ment replacement parts may not be available or very difficult to get Porsche cannot be responsible for the mechanical damage that could result because of inadequate fuel service or parts availability If you purchased your Porsche abroad and want to bring it back home be sure to find out about ship ping and forwarding requirements as well as cur rent import and customs regulations Fuel l Warning Fuel is highly flammable and harmful to health f Fire open flame and smoking are prohibited when handling fuel f Avoid contact with skin or clothing f Do not inhale fuel vapors To prevent damage to the emission control system and engine f Never drive the tank completely out of fuel f Avoid high cornering speeds after the warning lights have come on f Please see the chapter FUEL ECONOMY on Page 214 Please see the chapter EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM on Page 218 Please see the chapter LEVEL GAGE on Page 122 Check engine warning light If the warning lights in the instrument panel and on board computer come on and remain on while driving it suggests a potential engine control problem and the need for system service or an improperly fastened tank cap or at 150 refueling with engine running If there is a defect in the automatic unlocking system Qpening the filler flap f Open the passenger
314. ular care it is sufficient to clean the cover with a soft brush Heavy abrasion or rubbing when cleaning causes a lasting change in the surface Cleaning when lightly soiled f Weta soft cloth with water or a neutral soap solution and wipe off the dirt Cleaning when heavily soiled f Weta soft cloth with lukewarm water or thinned white spirit and dab the dirt from the outside in Cleaning Safety belts f Use mild detergent to clean soiled belts f When dhning avoid direct sunlight f Only use suitable cleaning agents f Do not tint or bleach the belts The belt fabric could be weakened thus affec ting safety Storing your Porsche If you intend to store your Porsche for a prolonged period please consult your authorized Porsche dealer The staff will be glad to advise you on the most suitable and necessary methods f Clean your vehicle thoroughly inside and out side Clean the engine compartment The under carriage and chassis components should be free of dirt and salt deposits f Fill up the fuel tank f Change the oil and oil filter and run the engine for several minutes f Increase the tire pressure to 50 psi 3 5 bar It is not recommended to lift the vehicle due to the possibility of corrosion on shock absorber piston shafts The vehicle should be moved slightly approxi mately every four weeks to prevent flat spot on the tires Climate control The air conditioning system should be in good wo
315. vehicle The key codes of new keys have to be reported to the car control unit by your authorized Porsche dealer Atotal of 6 car keys can be reported to the control unit Disabling key codes If a key is lost the key codes can be disabled by an authorized Porsche dealer All the remaining car keys are required for this pur pose Disabling the code ensures that the car can be started only using authorized keys Note f Please note that the other locks can still be opened with the disabled key Immobilizer There is a transponder an electronic component in the key grip containing a stored code When the ignition is switched on the ignition lock checks the code The immobilizer can be deactivated and the en gine started only using an authorized ignition key Switching off the immobilizer f Insert the ignition key into the ignition lock If the ignition is left on for more than 2 minutes without the engine being started the immobilizer is switched on again f If this happens turn the ignition key back to position 3 ignition off before starting the engine The immobilizer is switched off again and the engine can be started f Please see the chapter IGNITION STARTER SWATCH WTH ANTI THEFT STEERING LOCK on Page 74 Switching on the immobilizer f Remove ignition key Security Wheel Bolts f If wheels have to be removed during a work shop visit do not forget to hand over the sock et for
316. vents on your vehicle Regularly check your vehicle for signs of damage Damaged or missing aerodynamic compo nents such as spoilers or underside panels affect the driving behavior and therefore must be replaced immediately Your car may have all or some of the components described in this manual Should you have difficulty understanding any of the explanations of features or equipment installed in your vehicle contact your authorized Porsche dealer He She will be glad to assist you Also check with your dealer on other available options or equipment Throughout this booklet left is designated as the driver s side of the vehicle and right as the pas senger s side of the vehicle Text illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the information available at the time of printing It has always been Porsche s policy to continuous ly improve its products Porsche therefore re serves the right to make changes in design and specification and to make additions or improve ments in its product without incurring any obliga tion to install them on products previously manu factured Vie wish you many miles of safe and pleasurable driving in your Porsche H Warning For your own protection and longer service life of your car please follow all operating instructions and special warnings These special warnings use the safety alert symbol followed by the words Danger Warning and Caution These special
317. warnings contain important messages regarding your safety and or the potential for damage to your Porsche Ignoring them could result in seri ous mechanical failure serious personal injury or death f Donotalter your Porsche Any alteration could create dangerous conditions or defeat safety engineering features built into your car f Do not misuse your Porsche Use it safely and consistently with the law according to the driv ing conditions and the instructions in this man ual Alteration or misuse of your Porsche could Cause accidents and serious personal injury or death Note to owners In Canada this manual is also available in French To obtain a copy contact your dealer or write to Note aux proprietaires Au Canada on peut se procurer un exemplaire de ce Manuel en fran ais aupr s du concessionaire ou du Porsche Cars Canada Ltd Automobiles Porsche Canada LTEE 5925 Airport Road Suite 420 Mississauga Ontario Canada L4V 1W1 Telephone number for customer assistance 1 800 PORSCHE Option 3 Sport tires Sport tires ultra high performance tires are ap proved for use on public highways and comply with all statutory requirements and Safety criteria The design of the tire is also geared towards use on racing circuits driver safety training courses sports driving schools Club Sport events and provides distinct advantages here in terms of dry grip and wear compared to conventional road tires T
318. when the ignition is switched on Cabriolet When the convertible top is open the rear side windows can only be closed if the door windows are closed Operation Safety 25 Opening closing windows f For the Cabriolet select front or rear power windows with rocker switch C The selection is displayed by the respective light emitting diode The two rocker switches A and B in the driver s door and the switch in the passenger s door have a two stage function Opening f Press the rocker switch down to the first stage until the window has reached the desired position Closing f Press the rocker switch upwards to the first stage until the window has reached the desired position One touch operation f Press the rocker switch upwards or downwards to the second stage Window moves to its final position Press again to stop the window in the desired position Coup Targa One touch operation for closing the passenger s window is available once the window is approxi mately half way closed 26 Operation Safety Anti crushing protection If a side window is blocked during closing it will stop and open again by about an inch H Warning Risk of serious personal injuries If the rocker switch is pressed again within 10 seconds of the window being blocked the window will close with its full closing force Anti crushing protection is disabled f Once the anti crushing protection acts to stop the window an
319. with floor mats or other objects Nonskid floor mats of the correct size are available at your authorized Porsche dealer 168 shifting Gears To avoid damage to the clutch and transmis sion f Always depress the clutch pedal fully when changing gears Make sure that the gearshift lever is completely engaged f Only shift into reverse when the car has come to a complete stop f When shifting gears always ensure that the clutch pedal is fully depressed and the gear has fully engaged f Select reverse only when vehicle is stationary Reverse can be engaged after pushing the gearshift lever as far as possible to the left f Select an appropriately low gear on upward and downward slopes This will ensure optimum use of engine power and engine braking When reverse gear is selected and the ignition is on the backup lights are illuminated Permitted engine speed f You should change into a higher gear before the needle reaches the red mark on the tachometer or ease off the accelerator If the red zone is reached during acceleration fuel feed is interrupted IN Caution Risk of engine damage overrewing when shifting down to a lower gear f Take care not to exceed the maximum permitted engine speed when shifting down Drive Off Assistant The Drive Off Assistant assists the driver when moving off on hills The vehicle must have sufficient road contact The Drive Off Assistant is available on gradients as from
320. with the en gine switched off with your electronically operated garage door To check this drive your Porsche close to the garage door Make sure not to interfere with the operating range of the door Run the engine at different speeds If the garage door opens or closes without you operating the garage door unit in your car contact the dealer who installed the automatic garage door to have the frequency and or coding of the garage door signal changed or modified Emergency Flasher Switch Operational readiness of the emergency flasher does not depend on the ignition lock and turn sig nal lever position f If your car is disabled or parked under emer gency conditions switch on the emergency flasher in the dashboard All turn signals and the indicator light in the switch flash with the same frequency Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death Whenever stalled or stopped for emergency re pairs move the car well off the road Switch on the emergency flasher and mark the car with road flares or other warning devices f Do not remain in the car Someone approach ing from the rear may not realize your vehicle is stopped and cause a collision Danger of fire f Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass brush fuel spill or other flammable material Hot engine compartment components can burn skin on
321. x ratio must be corrected at an authorized Porsche dealer Marked loss of coolant indicates leakage in the cooling system The cause should immediately be remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Maintenance Car Care 20 7 Engine compartment blower radiator fan The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car The engine compartment blower is mounted on the engine compartment lid H Warning Risk of injury After the engine is switched off the engine compartment temperature is monitored for approx 30 minutes During this period and depending on tem perature the engine compartment blower may continue to run or start to run f Carry out work in these areas only with the en gine off the ignition off and exercise extreme Caution Risk of injury The radiator fans in the front end of the car may be operating or unexpectedly start operating when the engine is switched on f Carry out work in these areas only with the en gine switched off 208 Maintenance Car Care Engine Ol It is important to perform oil changes regularly in accordance with the intervals specified in the Maintenance booklet Engine oil consumption It is normal for your engine to consume oil The rate of oil consumption depends on the quality and viscosity of oil the speed at which the engine iS operated the climate road conditions as well as the amount of dilution and oxidation of the lubricant If the vehicl
322. y f Switch off the engine if stationary for longer periods 2 14 Maintenance Car Care f Any additional weight carried in the vehicle re duces fuel economy Always keep cargo to a minimum and remove all unnecessary items f Organize your trips to take in several errands in one trip f All electrical accessories contribute to in creased fuel consumption T Only switch on the air conditioning when neces Sary f Do not drive with the Roof Transport System mounted unless you need it The EPA estimated mpg is to be used for comparison purposes actual mileage may be different from the estimated mpg depending on your driving speed weather Conditions and trip length Your actual highway mileage will probably be less than the estmated mpg f Please observe all local and national speed limits Operating your Porsche in other Countries Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards There fore cars built for the U S and Canada differ from vehicles sold in other countries If you plan to take your Porsche outside the conti nental limits of the United States or Canada there is the possibility that unleaded fuel may not be available unleaded fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating Excessive engine knock and se rious damage to both engine and catalytic con verters could result service may be inadeq
323. y in either automatic or manual mode thereby triggering undesired gear changes 1 JO Shifting Gears Changing the selector lever position The selector lever is locked when the ignition is switched off When the ignition is switched on the selector lever can be moved from position P and N only when the release button is pressed and when the brake pedal is pressed Release button The release button arrow in the selector lever prevents the gear from being changed unintention ally The release button must be pressed when shifting to position R or P Starting The engine can be started only if the brake pedal is depressed and the selector lever is in position P or N Driving off f Onlyselect the desired position for driving off D M or R when the engine is idling and the brake pedal is depressed f Since the vehicle creeps when in gear do not release the brake until you want to move off f After selecting a gear do not accelerate until you can feel that the gear is engaged Driving off on hills The Drive Off Assistant assists the driver when moving off on hills The vehicle is held on the slope for a short time during the change from the brake pedal to the accelerator in order to allow driving off directly after the brake is released f Please see the chapter DRIVE OFF ASSIS TANT on Page 169 If the selector lever is inadvertently due to a If there is a fault in the transmission defect or i
324. y pressing any memory or seat adjustment button Clearing the stored seat position 1 Switch the ignition on with the desired car key 2 Press memory button twice and key button 1 once consecutively A Seat heating left B Seat heating right Heated Seats Two stage seat heating is ready for operation when the engine is running The yellow light emitting diodes in the button show which stage is Currently activated Switching on High heating power f Press button once Both light emitting diodes in the button light up Low heating power f Press button twice One light emitting diode in the button lights up Switching off f Press button as often as necessary until the light emitting diodes go out Operation Safety 35 Seat Ventilation The three stage seat ventilation is ready for opera tion when the engine is running and from an ambient cabin temperature of 58 F 15 C The three stages are controlled with the buttons on the control panel for the air conditioning The blue light emitting diodes in the buttons show which stage is currently activated Note The full effect of the seat ventilation can be achieved only if you are wearing breathable clothing Seat ventilation and seat heating can be used at the same time and provide excellent seating comfort when used in the right combination f Do not use protective seat covers 36 Operation Safety A Seat ventilation left B Sea
325. ystem warning light You can check the functionality of the brake system warning light by switching the ignition to the On position and verifying that the warning light illuminates BRAE Brake warning light USA Brake warning light Canada If the warning lights in the instrument panel and on board computer go on while driving the brake flu id level may be too low or if the brake pedal travel has increased one of the two brake circuits may have failed A greater braking pressure will be required stop ping distances will be longer and the braking be havior will change particularly in curves With correctly adjusted brakes and a correctly working brake system the pedal travel to the point of brake actuation should be 1 3 16 in to 1 9 16 in or 30 to 40 mm Whenever the brake pedal travel exceeds this dis tance have the brake system checked Brake pedal l Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death Any obstruction of the brake pedal could increase the stopping distance f Always check the movement of the brake pedal before driving and make sure that it is not ob structed by a floor mat or any other object f Secure the floor mat to prevent it from sliding into positions that could interfere with the safe operation of your vehicle Your Porsche dealer will be glad to offer you nonskid floor mats of the correct size Note In case one of the two brake circuits fails

Husqvarna 965030292 Chainsaw User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents